The ARCADE VIDEO-GAME "Encyclopedia"

The
ARCADE VIDEO-GAME
"Encyclopedia"
1977-1979
V2
copy/paste
by
DaddaRuleKonge
DaddaRuleKonge
I made this book because I like to have something to do, and I

like doing this sort of stuff. Cataloguing and stuff... This book
(or PDF) is one in a long line of PDFs I have made since 2012.
Arcade machines have never been a part of my childhood as most
machines were few between and cost more than what I usually
had in my pocket at the time. But I have always been fascinated
by the machines (just like Pinball, also something I never really
played), and to learn more of a subject, I make a book...
That’s why I guess.
This book is not a real encyclopedia (that’s why I put “quotation
marks” on the cover), as it will almost certainly include several
errors and wrong facts. But I have tried to make it as accurate as
possible.
This book is a compilation of text and pictures from the internet.

Nothing is written by me, and not one picture is mine.
I made this book mostly for myself as a learning tool to get more
familiar with the arcade history and games. I have tried to make
the book well presented and easy to look through. But I must
warn you that spelling and grammar errors are present.
If you are happy with the book then please look at some of the
web-sites on the “Reference Guide” page. Find a site that you like
and give them some spending money. Or give cash to something
you believe in. A kickstarter project or something, i don`t know?
If you are annoyed, send an email to me: [email protected]
from: Daniel aka DaddaRuleKonge
NoCopyright © 2018 by DaddaRuleKonge

All rights are NOT reserved. EVERY part of this publication may be reproduced, distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, including photocopying, recording, or
other electronic or mechanical methods, without the prior written permission of the publisher. I do not own anything in this book. You use part of this publication on your OWN
RISK though. As places in this book may have a copyright by the original owner.
CONTENT
Reference Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Pool Shark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Arcade Machines Road Champion (Williams Electronics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
1977 Road Champion (Taito) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Acrobat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Road Runner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
B-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Robot Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Barricade II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Scratch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Bazooka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Score . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Bomber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Safari (Sega) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Battle Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Safari (Taito) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Break In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Space Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Bubble Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Space War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Blockbuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Special Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Canyon Bomber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Springboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Boot Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Star Cruiser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Car Polo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Sprint 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Checkmate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Sprint 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Circus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Starhawk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Combat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Super Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Comotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Super Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Crash Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Subs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Cross Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Super Bug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Depthcharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Super Death Chase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Sub Hunter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Super High-Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Desert Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Super Knockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Desert Patrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 T.T Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Destroyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tic Tac Quiz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Dominos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Twin Course T.T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Double Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 World Cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Drag Race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 U.N. Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Embargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Triple Hunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fisco 400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 2 Game Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Flying Fortress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 1978
Flying Fortress II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 3-D Bowling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Flying Shark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Acrobat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
The Great White Buffalo Hunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Clowns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Game Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Atari Mini Golf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Gridiron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Avalanche . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Gunman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Guided Missile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Blasto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Hustle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Block Fever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Laguna Racer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Block Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
M-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Cartoon Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
M-79 Ambush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Blue Shark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Man T.T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Cascade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Mine Sweeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Computer Othello . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Meadows Lanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Computer - R3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Night Racer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Dawn Patrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Depth Bomb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Tournament Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Dead Eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Wild Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Dog Patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Variety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Double Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Wall Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Extra Inning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Wolf Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Fire Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Ultra Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Smokey Joe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Video Pinball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Football . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 1979
Frogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 4 Player Bowling Alley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Galaxy War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Astro Battle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Nok-Out Boxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Alien Invader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Gee Bee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Amusement Keno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Gypsy Juggler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Asteroids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Pro Racer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Hyperspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Pyramid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Orbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Meteor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Scramble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Asterock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Secret Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Asteroide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Sea Wolf II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Atari Soccer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Seesaw Jump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Atari Baseball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Shark Treasure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Atari Basketball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Shuffleboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Atari Football . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Sky Raider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Ball Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Skydiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Ball Park II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Space Invaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Bomb Bee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
The Invaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Clay Shoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Space Invaders (Logitec) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Cosmic Attackers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Alien Invasion Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Cosmic Guerilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Space War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Cosmic Monsters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Space Stranger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Cosmic Monsters II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Space War Part Three . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Space Wipeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Cutie Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Super Invader Attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Deep Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Super Invaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Defend The Terra Attack On The Red UFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Super Invaders (EMAG Corporation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Exodus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Super Invaders (Zenitone-Microsec) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Destination Earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Space Ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Dodgem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Star Rub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Double Block T3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Space Walk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Field Goal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Speed Freak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Fire One! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Sprint One . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Fortress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Super Breakout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Galaxia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Super Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Galaxian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Super Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Galaxian Part 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Super Break 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Galaxian Part X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Super Speed Race V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Galaxian Turbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Top Runner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 GT Roadster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Super Road Champions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Space Invaders Galactica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Top Bowler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Galaxy Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Trampoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Get A Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Head On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Space Attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Head On 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Space Launcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Heiankyou Alien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Space War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Invader Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Star Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Invasion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Star Fire II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Invader’s Revenge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Straight Flush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Invinco! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Splash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
IPM Invader/ Capsule Invader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Submarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Long Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Sundance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Jatre Specter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Super Galaxians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Kreepy Krawlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Super Shot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Kamikaze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Super Speed Race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Limbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Swarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Lunar Lander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Triple Attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Lunar Rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Yosaku to Donbei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Meteorites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Tail Gunner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Meteor Part II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Warrior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Master’s Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Zero Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Rip Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Zero In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Meteoroid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 ZunZun Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Monkey Magic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 1970s
Ozma Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 4 Square . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Moon Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 5 Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Rolling Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Phantom II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Dogfight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Rotary Fighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Danger Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Shuttle Invader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Paddle Derby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Solar Fight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 F-114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Safari Rally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Grand Slam VIII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Side Trak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Four Court . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Space Combat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Jacks A Pair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Solar War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 TV Davis Cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Space Fighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Inca Boss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Space Phantoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Zero Fighter Kamikaze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
SOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Twenty one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
GALAXIAN - CONTROL ASSEMBLY
1. Handle Assembly
2. “E”-Ring
3. Plate-Follower
4. Control SW. Brkt. & Top Plate Assy.
5. Rubber Bumper (2 Req’d.)
6. Pivot Brikt. Hub & Bearing Assy.
7. Pivot Rod
8. #10 - 32 Lock Nut
9. Brace Main Brkt.
10. #6 -32 x 1/4 Slt. Pan HD. M.S. (6 Req’d.)
12. #8 -32 x 1” Carriage Bolts (4 Req’d.)
13. #8 STL. Washer (4 Req’d.)
14. Switch Bracket (2 Req’d.)
15. Switch Assy. (2 Req’d.)
16. Switch Plate (2 Req’d.)
17. #5 - 40 x 5/8 PAN HD. M.S. (4 Req’d.)
Reference Guide
6
and Killer List of Videogames Most of the information in this book comes either from
at Museum of the Game flyers, manuals and wikipedia. If I have used another
source, a credit will be shown at the bottom of the text. The Golden Age Historian
• Used a lot, for both pictures, info, and as
These are web sites that i use alot for pictures/screen- “A blog dedicated to the history of arcade
a database from what I base this book on. video games from the bronze and golden
shots, reference and much of the information. I can
recommend all of these websites, as they are very ages (1971-1984)”
This is the main place I use for info for
informative and fun to look through. • Used for info and pictures.
this book. I use their “killer-list” as a
If you are the owner of one of these sites and feel that
base for the arcade machines release
i have done you wrong, then please send me an e-mail An extremely well made, researched and
date. Their information may be incor-
and I will make the necessary change to your wish. interesting blog on coin-op machines
rect on several things, but I found this
and the history regarding them. A very
place was the most comprehensive and
big recommendation on visiting this site.
detailed place to use information from.
https://www.arcade-museum.com/ http://allincolorforaquarter.blogspot.no/
PHOENIX SYSTEM 16 The Arcade Flyer Archive

VIDEO GAME CLASSICS “The Arcade Museum. Detailed Hardware “The Arcade Flyer Archive (TAFA) is a dig-
information on Arcade Hardware and ital repository for advertisement flyers that
• Used for a few pictures and info. Systems” are used by the coin-operated amusement
• Used for most of the hardware info industry to promote the sales of its games. ”
A personal website by a video game col- and pictures. Some info on arcades. • Used for pictures
lector. The site include different faqs,
homebrew games (?) and a collection A giant and detailed site on coin-op ar- A giant site including absurd amount of
site. cade machines and their hardware. adverts and flyers. I really recommend a
look through this superb site!
http://www.ccjvq.com/slydc/ http://www.system16.com/ https://flyers.arcade-museum.com/
VGMRIPS
GAMING HISTORY EMULAB “Welcome to VGMRips,
“A gaming database featuring all coin-op, “The purpose of this wiki and website is The biggest and most active
arcade games, slot machines, home video to be a repository of links and information site for retro Video Game Mu-
games and more...” for all arcade games for which there are sic rips”
• Used for info. no known ROM dump, due to the lack of
original boards from which to obtain the • Used for a some info.
necessary information. ”
A database on different video games, in- A website detailing music and sound in-
cluding coin-op games. • Used for some info on the Undumped
cluded on different video games.
Wiki.
https://www.arcade-history.com/ https://www.emulab.it/index. http://vgmrips.net/wiki/Main_Page

“MORE GAMES. MORE HITS. MORE top videos. travelling the world to get your feedback, and
OFTEN. THAT’S WHEN IT’S FROM From Pong® to Asteroids, and with to help you develop new markets and location
ATARI, YOU’RE ALWAYS A all the games in between, we’ve been playing opportunities. And why our Customer and
WINNER.” your game to win. Field Service departments have become the
In 1977, Breakout™ was a runaway hit. Bench strength. Consistent leadership most respected in the business.
In 1978, Sprint 2™ was the industry’s most year after year is no accident. We work to earn Our dedication to excellence has be-
profitable driving game. (It’s still in the top it, to make you the winner. come the standard of the world. We’re com-
then.) That’s why we have more engineers de- mitted to keeping it that way. So that whenev-
In 1979, Atari Football™ set new records for veloping more new games every day. That’s er you buy Atari, you can be assured of getting
high earnings and play appeal. why our Research department location tests the highest overall return in the business.
In 1980, Asteroids™ became the world’s top every new game idea, surveys and evaluates Talk to your Atari distributor. Find out
earning attraction. player response on every prototype to make the exciting details about Missile Command
In 1981, Missile Command™ and Battle- sure every game is the best it can be. Why our available in upright, cocktail and Cabaret
zone™ are already performing like next year’s Marketing and Sales teams are continually
1977
8
B-29
Manufacturer Universal
Acrobat Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Manufacturer Venture Line Genre Shooter
Release 1977 Cabinet Styles Upright
Class Wide Release
Genre Breakout
from the flyer:
Cabinet Styles Upright
Cocktail A new type of TV shooting game. If
you can quickly down the B-29 that
comes flying in, a new target will ap-
pear immediately, and your score
will double. The intense sounds are
entrancing as well.
excerpt from the flyer:
The Greatest Game on Earth
Plays one, two players • Propel the
jumping acrobats up to the three
rows of balloons - the longer and
higher the acrobats jumps, the higher
the score • Instructions displayed on
screen • Adjustable jumps 3, 5, 7, 9 •
Top daily score displayed • The speed Barricade II
of the jumping acrobats increases •
Manufacturer Taito
Bonus feature. Release 1977
Super Sound Effects Class Wide Release
Genre Skill
Mode 2 Players simultaneous
Gameplay Competitive
Panel Layout Multiple Player
Controls
Buttons: Directional
(up, down, left, right)
Monitor
Orientation: Horizontal
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
CRT: Black and White
with a Color Overlay
Sound Amplified Mono
(one channel)
Barricade II is a two-player game

where players move their cursors
across the screen, creating a wall, to
try and surround their opponents,
forcing them to crash.
“arcade-museum.com”
1977
9
Bazooka
Manufacturer Project Support Engineering
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Panel Layout Single Player
Controls
Gun: Positional with trigger
Monitor
Sound Sound: Amplified Mono
(one channel)
Mini
Bazooka is a black and white shooting

game where players use a mounted bazoo-
ka to fire at enemy jeeps, trucks, motorcy-
cles and tanks that move across the screen.
They have to try not to hit the ambulances
or the people carrying the stretchers.

Battle it out with Bazooka! “True Random” generation tar-
Experience the sights and sounds
gets. Every game is different.
that immediately capture public
Four different value targets.
patronage. Two penalty targets.
Backed by PSE’s proven reli- Extended play feature.
ability and after sale service.
Adjustable length of game tim-
Utilizing a high speed micro- er.
processing technique engin- Heavy duty realistic bazooka.
ered by PSE. Slide out platform.
1977
10
Bomber
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Gameplay Alternating
Monitor
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Battle Station
Manufacturer Centuri
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Upright Genre Shooter
Gameplay Joint
Bomber is a side-scrolling game. Play- Panel Layout Multiple Player
ers control a (relatively) large bomber Monitor
plane, and they drop bombs on mov- Orientation: Horizontal
ing targets - these include a scroll-
ing pattern of basic structures, such Sound Amplified Mono
as square “warehouses” and the like. (one channel)
Players have to hit structures that look Cabinet Styles Upright
like water towers (marked “OIL”) or
else their plane will slowly descend
into the structures and it will crash,
losing one of the planes.
At the same time, smaller fighter jets
will scroll across the screen in the op-
posite direction, and players have to
shoot them. As they progress in the Battle Station is big-screen, electrome-
game, their bomber will move across chanical, combat game from Centuri.
the screen, until the nose touches the
edge, making it considerably harder to excerpt from the flyer:
hit oncoming fighters since they can’t • Panoramic battleground scene
see them. • True-to-life anti-aircraft machine gun
• Battle action on fiber-glass projecting
screen
• Authentic combat sound effects
• 1 or 2 players
• Adjustable extended play feature
Dimensions
Width 47”
Height 80”
Length 66”
Screen 40” x 47”
Weight 425 lbs.
Break In 1977
11
Manufacturer Mirco Games
Release 1977
Class Wide Release Bubble Canyon
Genre Breakout
Manufacturer Video Games Gmbh
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Monitor
Orientation: Vertical Genre Shooter
CRT: Color Cabinet Styles Mini
Cabinet Styles Cocktail
In Bubble Canyon, blimps float
over a canyon and drop bombs to
burst as many bubbles as possible.
Break in is a ball and paddle game

from Mirco Games that was only
released in Germany.
Blockbuster
Manufacturer Elcon Industries
Release 1977
Genre Breakout

Experience Counts...
Elcon Industries is proud to introduce
Elcon’s 4 years of experience in the game in-
the exciting new BLOCKBUSTER* dustry assure superior quality of electronics
game. 5 player-selectable games include as well as cabinetry. All our video games
Magic Squares, Tennis, Gravity Ball and have 19” Motorola monitors and dual
Blockbuster. This super combination is coin mechanisms for trouble-free op-
available in a new upright cabinet as eration. Should a problem arise, Elecon
well as octagonal, round (illustrated) also operates a fully staffed service de-
and rectangular cocktail table styles. In partment.
addition, our famous blackjack game,
CASINO, is now available with a pro-
gressive jackpot (where legal).
1977
12
Canyon Bomber
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Hardware Atari BW Raster
Controls
Buttons: 1 [Bomb]
Monitor
(one channel)
Canyon Bomber is a black-and-white 1977 excerpt from the flyer:

arcade game. The game was rewritten in Bombs Away!
color and with a different visual style for Now players can experience the fantas-
the Atari 2600 and published in 1979. tic excitement of dropping bombs from
The player and an opponent fly a blimp WWI-type blimps and bi-planes on num-
or biplane over a canyon full of num- bered targets filling a canyon below.
bered, circular rocks, arranged in layers. As the aircraft fly over the canyon
The player does not control the flight of at random speeds, players press a simple
vehicles, but only presses a button to push-button control to bomb as many tar-
drop bombs which destroy rocks and gets as possible without missing.
give points. Each rock is labeled with Skill and strategy in judging just
the points given for destroying it. As the the right bomb release time and angle of
number of rocks is reduced, it becomes bomb descent to hit the remaining targets
harder to hit them without missing. The determine the amount of points achieved.
third time a player drops a bomb without Scoring. Built-in incentive
hitting a rock, the game is over. The canyon is filled with targets
that add 1, 2, 3, or 4 points to the player’s
score when hit.
Blimps can hit a possible 8 targets,
bi-planes up to 4 targets on each pass.
Players are allowed 3, 4, 5, or 6
misses per game. If the canyon is emptied
before the player uses up his allowed
number of misses, the targets are auto-
matically reset for a new bomb run. No
bombs released during a bomb run counts
as a miss.
1977
13
Boot Hill
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1877
Boot Hill is a sequel to the 1975 game Gun Fight, Class Wide Release
originally released by Taito as Western Gun in Ja- Genre Shooter
pan. Hardware Midway 8080
The game is a classic one or two-player western Mode 2 Players simultaneous
gunfight game. Each player uses a small joystick Gameplay Either
to move their cowboy up and down the play area, Panel Layout Multiple Player
while a second, much larger joystick is used to Monitor
aim the pistol and shoot - this larger stick also has
a trigger button. The game’s single goal is to shoot
the other player situated on the opposite side of The image is mirrored. The back
the game area with the allocated 6 bullets. Wag- drop is lit with a blacklight
ons move up the middle and cacti litter the play Sound Amplified Mono
area, both providing temporary cover from the (one channel)
opponent’s gunfire and disintegrate when shot. Cabinet Styles Upright
The player may play against the machine or an-
other person in two player mode.
The game was released in a dedicated cabinet, excerpt from the flyer:
which mostly came in yellow. It featured side art
Exciting Western Shootout
of two different cowboys. The monitor bezel, had
• 1 or 2 player game
the game title and also a detailed cartoon scene of
• As a 1 player game... player is chal-
a few cowboys shooting each other in a graveyard
lenged by the computer.
on top of a hill.
• Complete player control of the Cow-
It had a 23” monochrome open frame monitor boys
that was buried deep within the machine. • Changing scenes for added interest
This game, among other early video and non- • 3-dimensional interior
video arcade games, were featured briefly in • Coordinated electronic Western mu-
George Romero’s horror movie classic “Dawn of sic
the Dead” 1977. The scene, occurring about half- • Built-in RAM and ROM tester
way through the film, features four survivors of • 23” monitor
a zombie holocaust who are seeking refuge from • Double 25¢ coin chutes
hordes of the walking dead in a giant shopping • Adjustable timer
mall, which just happens to have an arcade. The
version of Boot Hill played in the movie seems to
be without the backdrop.
1977
14
Car Polo
Manufacturer Exidy
Release 1977 Car Polo is an up-to-four player full color video game that combines
Class Wide Release the skills of driving with the intense player interaction of team sports.
Genre Sports The object is to score by bumping or pushing the ball with a car into
Mode 4 Players simultaneous the team’s goal. Teamwork revolves around passing and blocking strat-
Gameplay Team egy. Play becomes fast and furious, and excitement is enhanced by car
motor noises, crash sounds, controlled grass skids and bouncing ball
Controls
Steering: Wheel
motions.
Shifter: 2-position Car Polo was designed and programmed by Howell Ivey for Exidy, and
(forward, reverse) is one of the first games to use the combination of a microprocessor for
Pedals: 1 running the game logic plus a color display.
Monitor “mamedev.org”
CRT: Color
(one channel)

Exidy Excitement!
CAR POLO is our new 1, 2, 3 or 4 player FULL COLOR
video game that combines the skills of driving with the
intense player interaction of team sports.
THE OBJECT of CAR POLO is to score by bump-
ing or pushing the ball with a car into you team’s goal.
Teams and goals are defined by red and blue colors. Af-
ter each score an animated EXIDY REFEREE resets
the ball at center field and announces “GET READY.”
Cars are reset at each end of the field and play resumes.
Unselected cars are caomputer-controlled and play au-
tomatically. BOLD COLOR alpha numerics display
time, score, and announce “GAME OVER - DEPOS-
IT COIN.”
TEAMWORK resolves around passing and blocking
STRATEGY. Play becomes FAST and FURIOUS,
and EXCITEMENT is enhanced by realistic car motor
noises, crash sounds, controlled grass skids and bounc-
ing ball motions.
EXIDY’S Car POLO comes in a rich brown cabinet
with DETAILED COLOR GRAPHICS, EASY AS-
SEMBLY- secure canopy only. CAR POLO is a single
unit 29” wide, which easily FITS TROUGH A STAND-
ARD DOOR. CAR POLO, WITH or WITHOUT a
CANOPY, enhances any location. MODULAR DE-
SIGN features slide out monitor and logic board, sepa-
rate steering and foot control units.
1977
15
Checkmate
Manufacturer Midway
Checkmate can be played by one to four play- Release 1977
ers. A one-player game is played against three Class Wide Release
computer players. After coins have been de- Genre Skill
posited, players press the proper “number of Hardware Midway 8080
players” button to start the game. The object of
game is for a player to direct the moving arrow
(marked “1”, “2”, “3”, or “4” respectively) and Controls
avoid crashes. A player is eliminated when the Joystick: 4-way
moving arrow crashes into another object. Play (up, down, left, right)
continues until one player is left. After a crash, Monitor
the remaining player or players score one point Orientation: Horizontal
each. When one player remains, that is the end Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
of one “round” of play. Depending on the DIP CRT: Black and White
switch settings, there can be two to five rounds with a Color Overlay
of play per game. The entire screen is covered with
a blue overlay
The cabinet has a design similar to that of Sound Amplified Mono
Sega’s Turbo with its overhanging “hooded” (one channel)
top piece. The speaker grill is integrated into Cabinet Styles Uprigh
the marquee. The control panel, while having Cocktail
joysticks for four players, is no larger or wider
than a standard cabinet (for that time).
The logic boardset and power supply are simi-
lar to other Midway 8080-type games, and
also shares the same problems associated
with them (most notably failure of RAM chips
over time). There are DIP switch settings for
English, German, French, or Spanish test (on
screen), as well as a TEST mode for trouble-
shooting.

An intense strategy & reaction game
matches skills against the computer &
the treachery of up to 3 opponents!
• Upright & Cocktail Models
• 1-2-3-4 Player Game
• 8 Directional Joy Stick Control
• Rotating Player Position on Playfield
• Variable Scoring (3-2-1-0)
• 5 Languages
• Exciting Electronic Music
• Micro Processor Logic Board
• Double 25¢ Doors
• 23” Solid State Monitor in Upright Model
• 19” Solid State Monitor in Cocktail Model
1977 Circus
16
Manufacturer Exidy
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Skill
Board pin Circus Pinout
Mode 2 Player
Controls
Rotary: Analog
Monitor
(one channel)
1977
17
Circus is a re-themed variant of Atari’s Breakout, where the play-

er controls a seesaw and clown in order to pop all the balloons in
the level. The game has been copied and released under different
names by numerous other companies in both the United States
and Japan.
Three rows of triangular balloons move along the top part of the
screen, each overlaid with blue, green, and yellow, counting from
the top row. A clown appears from the edge of the screen where
there is a jumping board, and the player must move the seesaw
located at the bottom of the screen so that the clown can bounce
back off the seesaw once he jumps off from his starting position.
However, it is impossible to make contact with the clown with
the seesaw in certain locations. The 4 jumping boards located
on the sides of the screen serve to decrease the area where it is
impossible to make contact.
If the player successfully gets the clown onto the seesaw,
the clown on the other side shoots off into the air towards the
3 rows of balloons on the top of the screen. The clown may not
have enough speed to reach the balloons if the first clown does
not land squarely on the seesaw. Clowns bounce off of balloons,
walls, and jumping boards, but will pass directly through mul-
tiple balloons if they are moving quickly enough. They will only
bounce off the jumping boards when they are heading down-
wards, and will pass straight through the boards while moving
upwards.
Hitting any of the balloons with the clown causes them
to burst, and the player receives 20 points for bursting the yel-
low balloon, 50 points for the green balloon, and 100 points for
the blue balloon. Bursting the entire row of balloons causes a
sound effect and awards the player 10 times the original points
as a bonus (i.e. 200 points for the yellow balloon). A new row of
balloons instantly replaces the old one when the entire row is
destroyed.
Destroying all of the blue balloons causes another sound
effect and allows the player to play one more time (1 clown) af-
ter they have depleted their stock. The words “BONUS PLAY”
appear to indicate this bonus, but destroying all of the blue bal-
loons a second time will not allow the player to gain another
clown (the bonus can be activated while the player is using the
extra clown). This may differ in certain levels like 7 and 8, where
all 3 rows of balloons must be destroyed in order to active the
bonus.
A clown will die if the player fails to receive them with the
seesaw at the bottom of the screen, and 2 measures of the fu-
neral march in Frédéric Chopin’s Piano Sonata No. 2 are played
as a sound effect.
1977
18
Comotion
Combat Manufacturer Gremlin
Manufacturer Bertolino Release 1977
Release 1977 ? Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter Genre Skill
Controls
Bertolino seems to be some kind of (up, down, left, right)
shooter. The game was released in Monitor
Italy. Orientation: Horizontal
(one channel)

The original trail blazing smash hit by Gremlin that
plays standing up... or sitting down!
DESIGNED FOR PLAYER APPEAL! screen that’s ALIVE
with bright fast-moving action... even when it’s not being
played, its advertising sequence COMMANDS attention! Ir-
resistible SOUND! Easy to learn, and CHALLENGING!
To operate the games each player has a set of 4 buttons

(north, east, south and west), which change the direction of
the player’s own advancing arrow. The aim of the game being
to manoeuvre the arrow and create a track which blocks the
path of the opponent and in so doing, forces the opponent to
crash into a track.
1977
Crash Course 19
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1977
Genre Skill
Monitor
Orientation: Either
(one channel)
Crash Course is essentially a discrete

logic version of Blockade. It is a 1 or 2
player game where players move their
cursors around the screen creating
walls to try and force the opponent to
crash.
Cross Fire
Cross Fire is a black and white
Manufacturer Taito shooting game where players use
Release 1977 a mounted bazooka. The game is a
Class Wide Release clone of Bazooka (1977).
Genre Shooter
Mode 1 Player excerpt from the flyer:
Gameplay Single • Insert coin(s), military targets
Controls and penalty targets appear ran-
Gun: Positional with trigger domly on the screen and the timer
Monitor
resets to ‘100’.
• The military targets have four
CRT: Black and White different values. TANKS(200),
Sound Amplified Mono TRUCKS(400), JEEPS(600), and
(one channel) MOTORCYCLES(800). These tar-
Cabinet Styles Upright gets move right to left and left to
right.
• While carefully avoiding the
STRETCHER-BEARER and AM-
BULANCE penalty targets, press
the trigger button on the bazooka
handle and shoot the enemies.
1977
20
Depthcharge
Manufacturer UPL/Gremlin
Release 1977
Class Wide Release Depthcharge, which uses a at a time) to destroy the subma-
Genre Shooter black-and-white CRT display, rines and moves the ship back
Hardware Sega VIC Dual presents the player with a and forth in order to avoid the
Mode 1 Player cut-away view of a section of submarines’ mines. Up to four
Gameplay Single ocean, on the surface of which submarines may be present at
Panel Layout Single Player is a destroyer with submarines any given time, each of which
Controls passing beneath it. The player bears a score for destroying it
Buttons: Rotational (left, right) drops depth charges (up to six that increases with its depth.
Buttons: 2 [Fire Left|Fire Right]
Monitor
Aqua-blue monitor plexiglass
(one channel)

No easy shot
The beginning player can have a great time with DEPTH-
CHARGE. But the more skill he develops, the more challenging
it becomes. That’s because there’s no straight line to the target.
With subs moving at different speeds, the player must anticipate
where each will be at the time his depth charge reaches that par-
ticular depth.
Layers of challenge
The high-score subs near the bottom are hardest to hit because
there’s much more distance to judge. Also, the low point subs
near the surface explode depth charges aimed for high points
subs below. A good player can avoid being sunk while knocking
out 70 per cent of the subs. It’s that last 60 per cent that’s hardest
to achieve.
New and improved
DEPTHCHARGE could be called DEPTHCHARGE II because
this is the second version. The original was ready a year ago but
didn’t meet high Gremlin standards in arcade tests. So the com-
pany spent more time and money to fine tune it, adding another
full market test. Now DEPTHCHARGE has all the polished ele-
ments that make a good game. Most important - repeat play.
Sound sensation
One of the biggest features of DEPTHCHARGE is the spectacular
explosion, sinking and water sounds. Its sonar is particular re-
alistic. And Gremlin is the only game company to make volume
control easily accessible in the front panel.
1977
21
Sub Hunter is a licensed version of Depth- The actual fun and challenge of the game course, deep-down subs - when sunken -
charge. It was released in Japan by Taito. is to sink as many subs as possible while give the player higher points because they
evading the upcoming mines by skillfully are much harder to hit. But be careful! If the
excerpt from the flyer: maneuver the destroyer or by detonat- destroyer is hit by a mine, that cuts the score
ing them with depth charges. Subs moves in half. When the game ends, a 30-point
• Destroyer vs submarines... new ex-
at random speeds and at different depths, bonus is added for each sunken sub in the
plosive push-button warfare
making it extremely difficult to score direct “graveyard.” The highest score of the day is
Down go the depth charges, up comes the hits on depp-going subs. The deeper the sub registered on the screen between games for
mines! You get the subs or the subs get you. position, the higher the point when a direct challenging.
Exploding depth charges and mines, realis- hit is scored. To score a direct hit, the player • 90-second game time plus bonus play
tic sonar effects plus thre-dimensional color must calculate the speed and depth of each time
background scenery give players the full sub and fire the depth charge at the right
benefit of sea battle realism. If the score is 500 points or higher at the
time and place.
The actual fun and challenge of the game game end, the player automatically gets and
• Scoring for marksmanship additional 45 seconds of excitement. The
is to sink as many subs as possible while
evading the upcoming mines by skillfully Each time a submarine is knocked out of ac- remaining play time is displayed on the up-
Each time a subma- per, left corner of the screen.
rine is knocked out • Specifications
of action, 10 to 80 Dimensions:
points (depending 1,650 (H) x 650 (W) x 800 (D) mm
on depth) are add- Weight: 85kg.
ed to the score. Of
Sub Hunter
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1977
Genre Shooter
1977 Desert Gun
22
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Hardware Midway 8080
Mode 2 Players
Gameplay Alternating Desert Gun is a a shooting game that takes place in a
Panel Layout Single Player desert where players try to shoot roadrunners, buz-
Monitor zards and other animals. It is the same game as Mid-
Orientation: Horizontal way’s Road Runner gun game with only slightly differ-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution ent back glass and cabinet graphics.
(one channel)
Desert Patrol
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Monitor
Three-dimensional black-light In Desert Patrol, players must hit aircrafts with a heavy
interior graphics duty double barrel machine gun.
Sound Unamplified Mono
(requires one-channel amp) excerpt from the flyer:
Experience the true sights and sounds that immedi-
ately capture public patronage.
Utilizing a high speed microprocessing technique en-
gineered by PSE.
Backed by PSE’s proven reliability. Featuring
NEW improved after sale service.
1977
Destroyer 23
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1977 In Destroyer, the player attempts to sink ships
Class Wide Release and destroy submarines from the perspective
Genre Shooter of a naval destroyer. The playfield displays the
Hardware Motorola 6800 players ship moving across the surface (dis-
Mode 1 Player played as a wavy line) and submarines mov-
Gameplay Single ing across the screen. The target depth is set
Panel Layout Single Player using a dial control (displayed as a dashed
Monitor line). Depth charges are dropped by pushing
the dial control. The speed of the ship is con-
trolled using a speed lever control. Charges
Sound Amplified Mono that miss make a low boom. Charges that hit
(one channel) make a louder boom and trigger an explosion
Cabinet Styles Upright sequence. Points are awarded for successful
hits. The game is timed, so the goal is to sink
or destroy as many submarines as possible
before the time expires.
In 1978, coupled with

Atari’s Canyon Bomber was a
game called Sea Bomber which was
“basically a port of Destroyer”.
This all new video battle action game is a direct hit for high re-
peat play.
It challenges skill... Players control the speed of the de-
stroyer with fast or slow speed settings.
By turning the control, players move a horizontal line,
visible on the monitor, that shows depth at which depth charge
will explode when released.
It challenges timing... By pushing the control, players zero in
the depth line marker on randomly running subs and launch
one to four depth charges at just the right time to score a hit.
It challenges incentive: Highest score to date is dis-
played in the Attract Mode.
1977 Dominos
24
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1977
Players place Dominos in an attempt to cause their
Class Wide Release
competitor to run into their trail. Play begins slowly,
Genre Skill
but speeds up as time progresses. Players change di-
Board pin Dominos Pinout rection based upon their button presses.
Controls
Monitor
Sound Amplified Stereo
(two channel)
Cocktail (4 player)

The Atari “Domino Effect”: Higher 2 players can compete against each
earnings! other. Or 1 player can challenge the
All new Dominos pits one or two players computer
against one another in a head-on-head The single player game plays like the 2
battle of wits and strategy. player version, except the opponent is the
Players control the direction of a opponent is the computer, and it’s pro-
simulated wall of dominos with a set of 4 grammed to counter strategy and trap the
instant-response push-buttons. player if he makes a mistake.
Each player’s wall starts out in one Operator Options:
direction at the opposite sides of the screen. Number of points to win.
The player progressively builds his wall by Total points to win per game is adjustable
pushing the appropriate button (left, right, to 3, 4, 5, or 6, changing the overall length
up or down) for the desired direction. of the game.
The speed of play increases as the Coinage.
action progresses, adding to the challenge. Dominos can be adjusted to 1 or 2 coins
A black domino set for one side, a per player or 2 plays per coin.
white for the other reduces the possibility Exclusive self-test program.
of a player watching the wrong wall. As in all new Atari video games, highly
The object is to trap your opponent reliable micro-processor logic allows a
into running into your wall or his own. unique audio/visual options and self-diag-
Precise timing and planning your moves in nostic program to be built in. The program
advance are the keys to winning. self-tests all micro-processor and mem-
Dominos “fall” when opponent’s ory functions. It also allows testing of all
wall is hit or player bumps into his own switch positions including 2 coin switches
wall. and all pushbutton control buttons.
1977
Double Play 25
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Sports
Double Play is a baseball arcade game which was re- Mode 2 Players simultaneous
leased by Midway Games in 1977; it utilizes an Intel Gameplay Competitive
8080 microprocessor running at 1.9968 MHz, and is Panel Layout Multiple Player
the sequel to Tornado Baseball, which was released Controls
in the previous year. Unlike in the original, it is now Rotary: Analog [Move Outfielders]
possible to play against the CPU (which will always Joystick: 4-way (up-left, down-left,
start as the pitcher then take on the batter role af- up-right, down-right) [Pitch Control]
ter three outs have occurred) - but in the case of a Buttons: 1 [Swing]
Monitor
two-player game, both players will again play on the
same $0.25. The pitching player must now use a di-
agonal 4-way joystick to select one of only four dif- CRT: Black and White
ferent pitches as opposed to the eight of the original, Sound Amplified Mono
while using a rotary controller to move the outfield- (one channel)
ers left and right; the batting player, however, must Cabinet Styles Upright
now again only use one button, to swing his bat. On Cocktail
the upright cabinet, both players will also again be
using the same set of controls, and will again have to
change places in front of the cabinet every time three outs oc-
cur - however, with the cocktail cabinet, they will have no need
to do this because of the dual controls. The number of innings
you will receive for one coin again depends on how the cabi-
net is set, but if it’s less than nine you’ll again have to insert
another coin to continue.
“strategywiki.org”
The cocktail version was released in a unique six-sided cabi-

net where players sit side by side, similiar to the Joust cock-
tail, but deeper.

• 1 or 2 player game
Player vs Computer
Player cs Player
• Electronic music coincides with action of game
• Complete outfielder control
• Dual Control - players can alternate without changing posi-
tions
• 2 or 3 inning game can be played with extra coins
• Automatic pitching feature - speeds up game
• Players can make double plays and errors
• Walk control feaure
• Proven micro processing system with built in rom and ram
tester
• Double Coin Chutes
• 26 1/2W (67 cm) x 32” D (81 cm) x 67”H (170 cm). 245 lbs.
1977
26
Drag Race
Manufacturer Kee Games
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Racing
Board pin Drag Race Pinout
Ambidextrous
Controls
Steering: Wheel
Shifter: 4-position (1/2/3/4)
Pedals: 1
Monitor
Multi-colored overlay: separate
colors for each track plus red,
yellow and green for the start tree
(one channel)
excerpt from the flyer: Dragsters do “wheelies”, tires smoke,

Kee Games’ Drag Race is a skill-based video and cars pop drag chutes at the end of a heat,
action game designed for one or two players. Another ATARI exclusive!
Realistic Drag Racing action. adding to the fantastic realism.
During game operation two dragster car fig-
ures appear on the screen of a 23-inch black- Now, from Team Atari, comes the first video Instant Replay
and-white TV monitor mounted at the top game to offer the white-knuckle thrills of com- Nobody can resist trying for better times. Drag
front of the cabinet. An overlay of colored petitive drag racing. Race is an irresistible attraction for any type
transparent material is affixed to the glass Drivers compete against each other of location.
on the face of the TV tube. During play the and the clock. Exclusive Operator Options Game Time
overlay filters light coming from the screen As in real racing, a sharp eye on the is adjustable to 3, 4, or 5 “heats” per game.
so that portions of the TV picture will appear tach, split second timing (and staying off the Volume: Sound level can be adjusted to suit
highlighted in color. The cabinet is white with fences) is required for fastest race time. any environment.
colorful graphics. The race begins with amber-to-green Extended Play: A bonus “heat” can be
countdown lights. (A jumped start gets a red awarded if drivers achieve a 4.9, 5.9, or 6.9
The game uses working analog tachometers
light and a penalty message.) seconds race time.
so players would know when to shift. Revving
If a missed shift over revs the engine Coinage can be set at 25¢ per play, 25¢ for 2
too high will cause the engine to blow. If play-
and “redlines” the tach, “engine blown” ap- plays, or 50¢ per play.
ers shift too soon, their speed will stay low be-
pears on the monitor and the player has to re- Dimensions
cause the engine won’t be going fast enough to
start. Height: 63.75”, 162 cm; Width: 36”, 91.5 cm;
handle the gear.
Depth: 29”, 73.7 cm.
1977
Embargo 27
Manufacturer Cinematronics
Embargo is a sea-battle game. It was the first original game Release 1977
from Cinematronics. It was created by Rob Shaver, a Cine- Genre Action
matronic technician who left the game industry shortly after Cabinet Styles Upright
Embargo to work for Motorola as a software engineer. His Cocktail
game was clever, simple, and most important, it made money
for Cinematronic.
“Encyclopedia of Video Games: L - Z., Volum 2”

Explosive Strategy on the High Seas!
Match Your Skills Against Human Opponents
or the COMPUTER!
• Upright and Cocktail Table Models
• Realistic Sounds of Combat on the High Seas
• Realistic Ship Movement with Complete Freedom of Turns
• A Mine-Gap Button to Plan Escape Routes
• Number of Rounds per Game Adjustable
• 23” Solid State Monitor in Upright Model
• 19” Solid State Monitor in Cocktail Table Model
Fisco 400 is a color racing game

by Taito. The game is a clone of
the Atari game, Sprint. Another
game, also by Taito, was named Fisco 400
Cisco 400. This may be a com-
pletely different game, or the Manufacturer Taito
same game with just a different Release 1977
title. Or completly nonexistent. Class Wide Release
Genre Racing
excerpt from the flyer: Mode 4 Players simultaneous
• One, two, three, or four player driving game. Up to four Gameplay Competitive
players in four different colored cars can race with each Panel Layout Multiple Player
other, while any unselected cars are computer driven. Controls
• Player may choose one of three different tracks to begin Steering: Wheel
the race, then as the game progresses slight alterations to Monitor
the course will appear automatically.
• Animated starter with flag appears on the starting line CRT: Color
and when the flag turns green the game begins. Sound Amplified Mono
• As player successfully drives around the course his score (one channel)
is displayed in the same color numerals as his car. The Cabinet Styles Upright
score of the player who has the most points will be flash-
ing on and off.
1977
28
Flying Fortress
Manufacturer Electra
Release 1976/1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Controls
Buttons: 1 [Drop Bomb]
Joystick: 2-way (up, down)
with button [Fire]
Monitor
(one channel)
Flying Fortress is a black and white B-17

Bomber simulation from Electra.
Players must score as many points as pos-
sible in the allotted 90 seconds. Shoot or
bomb enemy planes, and bomb buildings.
As the game progresses, the B-17 traverses
the screen from right to left, across the red zone (20 points per item shot or bombed), then the
white zone (40 points), and finally the blue zone (80 points). If the plane is hit by enemy fire, runs
into an enemy plane, or crashes into a building, another appears at the very right of the screen
again, starting off in the low scoring section. There is no limit to the number of B-17’s in a given
game. If the score reaches a value (default is 1400) in the 90 seconds allocated, an additional 30
seconds is awarded.
The cabinet has woodgrain sides and front. The artwork on the plastic monitor bezel shows vari-
ous instruments and controls from the B-17.
excerpt from the operator’s manual:
Flying Fortress is a completely solid state video game which utilizes state-of-the-art
semiconductor components. The game display and logic sequences are generated by two
printed circuit boards. A 23-inch Motorola video monitor displays the game picture, and
a unique sound simulator adds realistic sounds to complete the enviroment. All game
sub-assemblies are accessable through two removable doors on the back of the cabinet.
1977
29
Flying Fortress II
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Controls
Buttons: 1 [Drop Bomb]
with button [Fire]
Taito Version Monitor
Flying Fortress by Tatio is thought Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
to be a license of Electra Games CRT: Black and White
Flying Fortress. Sound Amplified Mono
(one channel)
Flying Fortress II is a black and white

B-17 Bomber simulation with more
variations.
1977
30
Flying Shark
Manufacturer Model Racing
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Scrolling Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Panel Layout Single Player Flying Shark is a verti-
Controls cal scrolling air battle
Steering:
game where the player
X Yoke with two buttons [Fire]
Monitor
controls a biplane and
Orientation: Vertical battles enemy biplanes
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution in the sky.
(one channel)
The Great White Buffalo Hunt

Manufacturer Amutech, LTD. excerpt from the flyer:
Release 1977
Great White Buffalo Hunt
Genre Shooter
is an old west shooting
Gameplay Joint game for one or two play-
Panel Layout Multiple Player ers. The players have an
Monitor unlimited number of shots
Orientation: Horizontal during the game playing
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution time. The game features
CRT: Black and White moving as well as stationary targets. Mov-
Sound Amplified Mono (one channel) ing targets are rabbits, birds, and the Great
Cabinet Styles Upright White Buffalo. Stationary targets are bears
and squirrels. Scoring is based on the dif-
ficulty of the target to hit.
Squirrels 1o pts.
Bears 20 pts.
Birds 30 pts.
Rabbit 40 pts.
Buffalo 50 pts.
Game Tree 1977
31
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
excerpt from the operator’s manual:
Mode 2 Players
Game Tree is a completely solid Gameplay Alternating
state video game which utilizes state of excerpt from the flyer: Panel Layout Single Player
the art semiconductor components. The Controls
game display and logic sequences are gen- Turkeys trot, Rabbits hop... Squirrels Gun: Positional with trigger
erated by three printed circuit boards. A jump from three to three. Be sure to miss Buttons: 2 [Shoot/Supercharge|Bomb]
23 inch video monitor displays the game the Hound Dog! He belongs to me. Monitor
Animals appear randomly in a realistic Orientation: Horizontal
picture, and an advanced sounds genera-
outdoor woods setting. Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
tion system adds realistic sounds to com-
plete the environment. Experience the true sights and sounds. Sound Amplified Mono (one channel)
Game Tree is a game for one play- NEW one step front service door especial- Cabinet Styles Upright
er, who controls a realistic hunting rifle. ly designed by PSE.
Points are scored by shooting the target Slide out platform with adjustable glides.
animals, while successfully avoiding the
hunting dog. 23” solid state monitor
Game Tree utilizes PSE’s high Heavy duty steel based rifle.
speed processing technique. The game is Backed by PSE’s proven reliability.
programmable, that is, all game functions Featuring highly improved after
are controlled through a central process- sales service.
ing section. The system operates in a sim- Order your Game Tree NOW and
ilar manner as a microprocessor chip. watch it gobble up quarters.
1977
32
Gridiron
Manufacturer Meadows
Release 1977 excerpt from the flyer:
Class Wide Release
“THE GAME FOR ALL SEASONS”
Genre Sports
Mode 2 Players simultaneous • One or Two Players
Gameplay Competitive Play against your friend or the “Head Coach”
Panel Layout Multiple Player • Running, Passing, Kicking
Controls All the action of real football
Trackball: Optical including Field Goals!
Buttons: 1 [Pass] • Eight Plays to Choose From
Monitor Twice the action of the competition
Orientation: Vertical • Trak Ball Controls
Direct on-screen response to hand action
• Coin Accumulator
(one channel) Players can extend present game
Cabinet Styles Upright up to 99 minutes!
Gunman
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1977
Gunman is an arcade shooter released in 1977. The game
Class Wide Release
is a licensed version of Midways Boot Hill. The game was
Genre Shooter
released by Taito in Japan.
Controls
Joystick: 8-way
Joystick: 8-way with button [Fire]
Monitor
(one channel)
1977
33
Guided Missile
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1977
Guided Missile, also known as Missile-X, Class Wide Release
is a fixed shooter arcade game released by Genre Shooter
Midway Games in 1977 and licensed to Hardware Midway 8080
Taito Corporation for Japanese manufac- Mode 2 Players simultaneous
Gameplay Joint
ture and distribution; it utilizes an Intel
Panel Layout Multiple Player Ambidextrous
8080 microprocessor (running at 1.9968
Controls
MHz), and the players must use a but- Joystick: 2-way (left, right)
ton to launch missiles at various targets Buttons: 1 [Launch]
that are moving across the screen. Once a Monitor
missile has reached the top of the screen, Orientation: Horizontal
it will start descending - and players will Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
have to push the 2-way joystick left (and CRT: Black and White
right) to aim it towards the targets. As Sound No Audio
with many other early Midway games the Cabinet Styles Upright
gameplay is time-based as opposed to
life-based; and it will also get extended if
players manage to score a certain amount
of points before the timer runs out. The
Taito Corporation version of this title also
has a different score display.
Guided Missile plays like an updated video version of some of

the older EM (Electrical Mechanical) games like Sega’s Com-
bat and Midway’s Invaders from Outer Space. Guided Missile
use a half silvered mirror that allows players to see a painted
background through it while it reflects the moving video im-
age from below allowing the two images to combine in a sort
of 3D effect. Midway did this on a few of their early games like
Boot Hill, Blue Shark and Space Invaders. The game came in
an upright cabinet and is a 1 or 2 player game. In a single player
game only the right missile fires. Players do not play against a
game controlled opponent. In a 2 player game players compete
against each other to see who can get the highest score. Each
player has a joystick with a fire button on top. The operator can
set the play time and at what score the extended play kicks in.
The play time can be 60, 70, 80 or 90 seconds and extended
play can be set at 500, 700, 1000 or 1300.
“[email protected]”
1977 Hustle
34
Manufacturer UPL
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Skill
Hardware Sega Blockade hardware
Hustle is a 1977 arcade game released by Sega/
Gameplay Competitive Gremlin on Sega Blockade hardware that is ef-
Panel Layout Multiple Player fectively the first version of Snake, except that
Controls the normal pellets are replaced with larger piec-
Joystick: 4-way (up, down, left, right) es containing various point values that players
Monitor get if they touch the piece before it disappears.
CRT: Color
Sound Amplified Mono (one channel)
Players directs a snake-like object moving

around the play field. Each game lasts for 90
seconds. Periodically, targets will appear with
a point value. Players must aim for the target
while avoiding the opponent’s tail - and their
own.
One or two players can play simultaneously.
Players also have three options pertaining to
their targets - a normal game where target
values don’t change, a countdown where the
value slowly falls, and a count up where val-
ues slowly climb and delaying can increase the
score. There are also three skill levels that alter
the speed of the game and the intelligence of
the computer player.
Crashing into the walls or the players own tail
will give the opponent a 400 point bonus. Any
targets on screen will also be awarded to the
opponent. As play progresses, the tail grows
longer, making it harder to avoid. Some tar-
gets display question marks instead of point
values. These are random points, and there is
a chance they will be awarded to the opponent
instead of the player, so they aren’t always
worth pursuing. Taito Version
“mobygames.com”
Gremlin Version
1977
35

A winning new game concept from Gremlin
HUSTLE is a fascinating new video game of fast action, strategy and surprise.
Its unique combination of offensive and defensive action puts HUSTLE leaps
and bounds ahead of conventional video games.
While it’s fantastic for two players, HUSTLE is clearly the greatest single-play-
er video game ever created! Speed, sound and surprises build to a frenzy that
leaves players panting for more. HUSTLE’s replay option and continuous score
readout add to the excitement.
Game Action
Steer your arrow with four
directional buttons into the
100-to-900 points targets
that appear and disappear
at random.
If you hit your opponent’s arrow-tail, your own tail or

the screen’s outer margin, you lose 400 points. Also,
all the targets showing on the screen are awarded to
your opponent, or - if you’re playing alone - are sub-
tracted from your score.
Gremlin takes the gamble out of games for you
Gremlin is one of the world’s leaders in wall and video
games because we build success into every game idea
and every machine.
First, being the industry innovator puts Gremlin
ahead of the game right from the start. We carefully
pre-test each new game with actual game players to
assure popularity and profitability before we offer it
to you. That’s one reason Gremlin games are the most
imitated games.
Second, Gremlin’s state-of-the-art technology, com-
mon-sense engineering and rigid quality control as-
sure you of the highest standards of reliable perform-
ance.
We built in the features
• Rugged, 19” Motorola TV Monitor.
• Anti-cheat coin mechanism.
• E-Z adjust control panel inside coin door to set vol-
ume.
• Set free game to 11, 13, 15 or 17 thousand.
• Gremlin’s Surround-A-Sound.
1977
36
Laguna Racer
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1977
Class Wide Release Laguna Racer is a racing arcade game, which
Genre Racing was released by Midway Games in 1977; it
Hardware Midway 8080 utilizes an Intel 8080 microprocessor (run-
Mode 1 Player ning at 1.9968 MHz), and the player must
Gameplay Single use a steering wheel to take up control of a
Panel Layout Single Player car (with a single pedal to make it accelerate
Controls and a gear shifter to switch between low and
Steering: Wheel
high gear). The score is measured in “miles”
Shifter: 2-position (low, high)
Pedals: 1 [Accelerate] (players will get 000.1 point for every me-
Monitor tre travelled), and as with many other early
Orientation: Vertical Midway games, the gameplay is time-based
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution as opposed to life-based - and it’ll get ex-
CRT: Black and White tended, if players manage to score a certain
Sound No Audio amount of points before the timer has run
Cabinet Styles Upright out. Players also have to watch out for CPU-
controlled cars upon the track; if they crash
into one, their speed (indicated at the bot-
tom of the screen, like in Midnite Racer) will
be reduced to 0 mph, and they’ll have to shift
the car back into low gear to regain their
lost speed before shifting into high gear
excerpt from the flyer: again.
A fast action driving game “strategywiki.org”
that pits the drivers skill
against a computer
• 3 dimensional driving game
with gear shift control
• High score, low score and
driver rating
• Realistic engine, acceleration,
and crashing sound effects
• Adjustment switches for coin-
age, timing, and extended play
• Midway micro-processor log-
ic boards
• 23” solid state T.V. monitor
• Built in RAM and ROM tester
• Double 25¢ coin chutes
• Size: 26 1/2” (67.31 cm) wide
38” (96.52 cm) deep
67” (170.18 cm) high
1977
37
M-4
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
M-4 is a versus shooter arcade game Mode 2 Players simultaneous
that was released by Midway Games in Gameplay Joint
1977; it utilizes an Intel 8080 micro- Panel Layout Multiple Player
Monitor
processor (running at 1.9968 MHz),
and both players must use a vertical Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
2-way joystick to take up control of a CRT: Black and White
tank on their side of the screen (if only Sound Amplified Mono
one player is present, that tank on that (one channel)
left side of the screen will be control- Cabinet Styles Upright
led by the CPU) with a single button to
make it fire shots at the white barrier in
front of it and wear it away. When one
of the tanks fires a shot at the other one
and hits it it will explode, and the firing
player will receive a random amount excerpt from the flyer:
of points - and as with Gun Fight and Midway’s M-4 Combat Strategy Game
Boot Hill, the other tank will then get • 1 or 2 player game
resurrected as the players game con-
• Featuring tanks, jeeps, planes
tinues. As with several other early Mid-
way games, the gameplay’s time-based • Realistic battle sounds
(as opposed to life-based), but there’s • Target score 1 - 30 points
no extended play; it is also worth not- • Micro-processor logic system
ing that this title was developed by the • 23” solid state monitor
company “Arcade Engineering” for • Adjustable timer and extended play
Midway.
• Built-in RAM and ROM tester
“strategywiki.org” • Variable coinage
• Double 25¢ coin chuter
• Size 65-1/2” (166.2 cm) Height
26-1/2” (67.3 cm) Width
33-3/4” (85.4 cm) Depth
1977 M-79 Ambush
38
Manufacturer Ramtek
Release 1977
Class Wide Release Gameplay consists of various “targets” (tanks, The previous non Micro-Processor games were
Genre Shooter jeeps, etc.) moving left-to-right (and right-to-left) what was called “strokers” - in other words the
Mode 2 Players simultaneous across the screen. The trick is to correctly time the
Gameplay Joint CRT beam was moved (stroked) in a pattern to
fire from the M-79 grenade launcher (otherwise render the game action. M-79 had a small raster
Panel Layout Upright
Monitor
known as a “bloop gun”) to hit the targets. The memory and scanned the crt just as a TV does to-
Orientation: Horizontal shots take some time to hit the target, as they fol- day. It was all new technology for games to render
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution low a long, arcing trajectory, much like firing a real live action on the screen with a raster display.
CRT: Black and White bloop gun.
Ramtek was the first to develop raster scan Micro
Sound Amplified Mono M-79 Ambush was the first video game to use a Processor control display systems and used that
(one channel) Micro Processor (Intel 8080) to control the game. basic concept in this game.
Cabinet Styles Upright It was probably the first game to use a true memo- “arcade-museum.com”
ry-based raster scan display.

M-79 is the new exciting game from Ramtek
that virtually compels people to play it. And two
players means double profits for every game. At 50¢
a play that can add up fast!
This is a shooting game where tanks, jeeps and mo-
torcycles battle it out in front of the two cannons un-
der U.N. observations.
Bang! When the enemy is hit, an explosion sequence
occurs complete with the sounds of gunfire, whistles
and whines - the action goes on and on!
1977
39
Man T.T.
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1977
Genre Racing Man T.T., not to be confused with the later Manx TT,
Mode 1 Player is a discrete logic arcade video game released by Sega
Gameplay Single in 1977. The game is most likely a rebranded version
of the 1976 Fonz arcade machine. Sadly the game is
Monitor
exceedingly rare and not emulated. This means be-
Orientation: Vertical
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution yond a picture of it in a Japanese old flyer, not much
CRT: Black and White is known about the game. The flyer says it was a timed
with a Color Overlay game where it extra time would be awarded every
Sound Amplified Mono 1000 points.
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Upright Assuming the game is a rebrand of the SEGA 1976
Fonz cabinet (which it seems to be), then the game
would have involved racing a bike and trying to go as
fast and far as possible in the time allowed (45 sec-
onds to 100 seconds, set by the operator).
Minesweeper is Amutech’s version of Sega/Gremlin’s Blockade

released in 1977; the legitimacy of its release is unknown. Both
2-player and 4-player versions were made. The only immediate-
Mine Sweeper
ly noticeable differences between these and the originals are the Manufacturer Amutech, LTD.
graphics, how to start the game (insert one coin for 2-player or Release 1977
two for 4-player if that option is available, then wait several sec- Genre Shooter
onds), and the starting positions of the players. Cabinet Styles Upright
Cocktail
Minesweeper puts you into the action. Players get the feeling that
they are actually navigating their ships through the water, leav-
ing their mines behind them, hoping to entrap the enemy so their
ship will explode upon hitting a mine. Utilizing the player option
of pro or novice, the excitement grows with each new formation of
the mines, thus involving the players in a mind competition utiliz-
ing the display that is provided by Minesweeper.
1977
40
Meadows Lanes
Manufacturer Meadows Games
Release 1977 excerpt from the manual:
Class Wide Release
MEADOWS LANES, a game of skill, is a video bowling game. The
Genre Sports
player must locate the “Bowler” inside the gutters and then bowl
Mode 2 Players
the ball either fast or slow. If the ball is not going exactly where the
Panel Layout Single Player player wants it to he can hook the ball either to the right or to the
Controls left, but he can only hook the ball one time. The instructions are
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) printed on the video screen and will provide the proper instructions
Buttons: 2 [Throw Fast|Throw Slow] for whatever options that the operator has selected.
Monitor The one player score is displayed on the left side of the monitor and
Orientation: Horizontal the second player score is displayed on the right side. When a tow
player game is finished the word “WINNER” is written under the
player with the highest score. In case of a tie the word “TIE” is writ-
(one channel) ten across the bowling alley. The score displayed on the monitor is
Cabinet Styles Upright scored exactly the same way that real bowling is scored.
Cocktail

Finally... one of the worlds favorite indoor
sports comes to the TV Screen.
Have you tried to get an open lane lately?
You’ll wait in line to play Meadows Lanes...
too!!
Try Meadows Lanes for all the realism, fun &
excitement of that age old sport - Bowling.’’
• Upright and cocktail models
• Move the bowler into position
• Bowl the ball - FAST or SLOW
• Hook the ball - LEFT or RIGHT
• Accurate score keeping for each player
• Realistic “bowling alley” sound effects
• 10 full frames per bowler
• Indestructible Pushbutton Control
• Microprocessor Logic
Night Racer 1977
41
Manufacturer Micronetics
The idea for Night Racer came to designer Ted Michon while he
Release 1977
was in Germany working for Digital Games investigating prob-
Class Wide Release
lems with their Air Combat game. In a bowling alley, he saw a
Genre Racing
game called “Nürburgring 1” (after the German racetrack) that Mode 1 Player
was the first he ever saw that attempted a 3-D effect. The game Gameplay Single
was a one-of-a-kind piece and Michon eventually met the de- Panel Layout Single Player
signer and found that the entire game had been designed with Controls
analog components. Michon urged the designer to create a dig- Steering: Wheel
ital verison but was igored so he decided to design his own ver- Pedals: 1 [Accelerate]
sion. Before the game was released, Digital Games was sold and Monitor
reopened as Micronetics. Orientation: Horizontal
Night Racer was the only game they produced (released just be- CRT: Black and White
fore Midway’s “Midnite Driver”/”280 Zzzap”). Sound Amplified Mono
“Ted [email protected]” (one channel)
Deluxe

For the First Time electronic gives you the
experience & real sensation of the champion
drive.
Night Racer brings your clients all the skill,
sound, and fury of Le Mans, and the Indy
“500”! Our impressive sounds plus out three
dimensional curving video track and varying
levels of challenge make Night Racer number
one money maker in every location. Our rug-
ged, carefully planned construction makes
Night Racer virtually vandal-proof. Special
digital dashboard plus feature after feature
make Night Racer the newest and most ex-
citing video game on the market today.
FEATURES:
• 3 Dimensional Racing Track
• Realistic Sounds
• 23” Solid State Monitor
• Switch Adjustable Extended Play
• Switch Adjustable Time Control
• Fully Responsive Steering
• Bonus Time Variable
• One Coin, Two Coin
1977
42
Pool Shark
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Pool
Board pin Atari BW Raster
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Joystick: Analog
Buttons: 1 [Shoot]
Monitor
(one channel)
Pool Shark is a billiard game from Atari. The analog joystick controls
the position of the cue ball and players move the cue ball around ram-
ming into the other balls trying to get them to drop into the pockets. It
is a timed game so the quicker players can sink those balls the better.
If they get the cue ball to close to the pockets they’ll scratch and loose
their turn.
Pool Shark.™ A whole new ball game.
A totally new concept in profit making excitement, Pool Shark brings
the popular theme of pool to a highly competitive yet easy to play vid-
eo game...
Number 8 in the side...
Replay is designed into the play action. The more it’s played, the higher
the potential score. Players can’t resist coming back to improve their
skill.
Each player gets 30 seconds to sink a “rack” of 15 balls. Players
compete against each other and the clock to hit as many balls as possi-
ble into the “pockets” with the video cue ball without “scratching” and
losing time. 1 point is awarded for each ball sunk.
Durable new joystick controls (PC board adjustable) move the
cue ball continuously in any direction. Players can “chase” balls, use
cushion and deflection shots as in real game.
1977
43
New Operator Options Game Time: Can be

adjusted to 2, 3, 4 or 5 30 second racks per game.
Extended Play: An extra rack setup with a 15
second time limit can be awarded if a player sinks
all the balls within the standard 30 second game.
Coinage: Can be set at 1 or 2 coins per player.
1 coin per game (1 or 2 players) or 1 coin for 2
games (1 or 2 players).
Exclusive Self-Test Program
The built-in program displays all microprocessor
and memory functions including switches and
game options for fast on-the-spot checking and
troubleshooting.
Designed to earn in any location, and last!
Durastress™ tested, all solid state reliability,
rugged construction and Instapart™ 24-hour
parts turn-around means longer maximum earn-
ing potential.
And, as a bonus, Pool Shark comes with
Atari’s new trouble-free coin door.
Dimensions
Height: 62.25”, 158.1 cm.
Width: 25.25”, 64.1 cm.
Depth: 29”, 73.7 cm
“Chalk up” for big earnings!
Get the details from your Atari Distributor. Play
all new Pool Shark yourself! You won’t be able to
stop, and neither will the players.
1977
44
Road Champion
Manufacturer Williams Electronics Road Champion is a timed car racing game where players try to race ahead
Release 1977 of the opposing cars and cross the finish line first to become the winner.
Class Wide Release The game does not use a microprocessor, rather it uses ‘Discrete’ logic to
Genre Racing build the cars, road and effects. It uses 4 boards and a couple of the PCBs
Board pin Discrete Logic
have PROMs on them.
Mode 2 Players
Gameplay Alternating The game was later licensed a year later to Taito under the same name.
Controls
Steering: Wheel
Pedals: 1
Monitor Road Champion
Type: Raster: Manufacturer Taito
Standard Resolution Release 1978
CRT: Black and White Class Wide Release
Sound Amplified Mono Genre Racing
(one channel) Board pin Discrete Logic
Cabinet Styles Upright Mode 2 Players
Controls
Steering: Wheel
Pedals: 1
Monitor
(one channel)

This Great Solid State Video Game is a Location
Tested Winner that presents an Auto Race Game
at its Best.
• Foot Acceleration, low then high gear combined with
Driving Skill present competitive appeal seldom achieved.
• Player control of Track Speed is a strong feature.
• Auto Race and Crash Sounds with a continuous beep,
beep on the final lap and a Special Victory Fanfare when the
Player is the Champion creates tremendous play against
appeal.
• Time and Sound Control is adjustable.
• Playing Time is extended when the Score reaches 400
points.
1977
Road Runner 45
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Road Runner (later changed to Desert Gun) is a
first-person shooter arcade game. The reason for Panel Layout Single Player
the name change is not like that of Midnite Rac- Controls
er to Datsun 280 Zzzap; when Midway merged Gun: Positional with trigger
with Bally, they had also released a game called Monitor
“Road Runner” but may have been for the reason Orientation: Horizontal
to avoid legal issues with Warner Bros. who had Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
created a cartoon character called “The Road CRT: Black and White
Runner” in 1948. That character would later go Sound Amplified Mono
on to appear in an Atari arcade title, from 1985, (one channel)
also titled Road Runner. MAME lists this game
as Desert Gun.
Road Runner utilizes an Intel 8080 micro-
processor (running at 1.9968 MHz), and the
player must use a lightgun (made up to look
like a hunting rifle) with a trigger to shoot
various animals (including road runners),
for points. As with several other early Mid-
way games, the gameplay is time-based, as
opposed to life-based - and much like in Sea
Wolf, the game will be extended if you man-
age to reach a preset amount of points be-
fore the game timer runs out.

Electronic Sound and Music
Your Score, Previous Score and
High Score Displayed
Micro Processor Logic Boards
Full Size Rifle
23” Solid State Monitor
Double 25¢ Coin Chutes
Multilingual
1977
46 Robot Bowl
Manufacturer Exidy
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Sports
Board pin Robot Bowl Pinout
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Buttons: Rotational (left, right)
Buttons:
3 [ThrowHook LeftHook Right]
Monitor
and Exidy’s designers were unsure that
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution they would work. To prove it, Howell
CRT: Black and White Ivy had to purchase a MOS Technolo-
Sound Amplified Mono gies 6502 himself. Ivy had been master-
(one channel) ful when it came to creating hardware-
Cabinet Styles Upright based, TTL games, often creating new
Cocktail game variants (such as the unreleased
Spiders From Space) within a few weeks
or even days of starting. With the rise of
the microprocessor, however, game de-
Robot Bowl is the first Bowling arcade sign began to change from a hardware to
video game. The only other bowling a software-oriented process.
games released as early as 1977 are the
Robot Bowl also featured an interesting
RCA Studio II version, and Meadows
cabinet design, though the innovation
Lanes an almost exact copy of Robot
was a result of necessity being the moth-
Bowl. Apparently Meadow Games cop-
er of invention
ied Exidy and not the contrary (though
Meadows Lanes is even more crude Michael Cooper-Hart; Howell had come
graphically than Meadows Lanes). up with Robot Bowl which was a fun
game to do. It had a beer frame in it
To play the game (1 or 2 players), players
where the waitress comes across with
have to move the bowler into position,
a beer on a tray. We needed to get into
bowl the ball fast or slow, and then hook
production quickly. We had bought a
the ball left or right.
company called Fun Games and they
In opposition to most other early Bowl- had a bunch of inventory over in Oak-
ing games released later, players place land. They had these cabinets, which
their bowler where they want. This tend cost us maybe a third of what we would
to make the game easy, with strikes be- normally pay. The problem was they
ing fairly easy to achieve. Other games were for a driving game and they had
usually move automatically the bowler a hole in the middle of the front panel
(or ball) continuously from left to right, for a gas pedal with no pedal in it. So I
challenging the player to throw the ball brought this cabinet back over, I think
at the right moment. there were 300 of them over there. I set
“old-computers.com”
it down and said to Hal “Why don’t we
Perhaps most importantly, Robot Bowl make the hole the ball return”. So we
had a feature that previous Exidy games just silk-screened above the hole “Ball
had lacked – a microprocessor. At the Return” and we were in production a
time, the use of microprocessors in vid- week later.
eo games was still somewhat innovative “allincolorforaquarter.blogspot.no”
1977
47
Scratch
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Breakout
Cocktail
Scratch was produced by Universal in 1977. The

game is a version of Atari Breakout and came in
both an upright and a cocktail cabinet.
Score
Manufacturer Exidy
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Action Score was referred to as “The Love Machine”. Oddly, the
Hardware Exidy Discrete Logic game was actually another extension of the Destruction
Mode 2 Players simultaneous Derby concept with the cars replaced by bar patrons. Set
Gameplay Competitive in a singles bar, the object of the game was to “score”
Panel Layout Multiple Player with as many members of the opposite sex as possible.
Controls When the onscreen Lothario made contact with the ob-
Joystick: 8-way ject of his (or her) affections, a heart appeared on screen.
Monitor
A cocktail version of the game came in a heart-shaped
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution cabinet. Exidy also built an optional dispenser that could
CRT: Black and White be attached to the game giving tokens in response to high
Sound Amplified Mono “score”s. Despite the innovative concept, amorous bar
(one channel) patrons understandably preferred the real thing and the
Cabinet Styles Upright game failed gain interest.
Cocktail “allincolorforaquarter.blogspot.no”
1977
48
Safari
Manufacturer Sega/Gremlin
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Hardware Sega Vic-Dual
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Controls
Joystick: 4-way excerpt from the flyer:
(up, down, left, right) Gremlin’s newest video game
Joystick: Special [Fire] clears the path to profits!
Monitor
Ready
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution It’s a ONE-PLAYER battle against the
CRT: Black and White jungle. A hunter has 90 seconds to stalk
Sound Amplified Mono and shoot four different kinds of wild an-
(one channel) imals. The more often he hit his prey, the
Cabinet Styles Upright higher the score. And the animals are
out to get the hunter.
Aim
Safari is an arcade game released by The player operates two controls. One
Gremlin Industries (in 1977); players use moves the hunter in the field; up, down,
two four-directional joysticks to move a right and left. The other aims and fires
hunter around the screen and make him the gun.
shoot at animals with his rifle. In each Fire
round, players will have ninety seconds Hit a snake or a lion for 100 points, a
to make the hunter shoot the different 200-point boar or a 300-point vulture.
types of animals as they approach him in But be careful! If an animal strikes the
order to score points before they get him hunter, he falls. And there’s a time-lost
- snakes and lions are worth 100 points, penalty in returning the hunter to the
wild boars are worth 200 points, and vul- safety of his hut. The animals move fast-
tures are worth 300 points. If an animal er and faster until the hunt comes to a
should get the hunter, he will have to go furious finish.
to the “hut” (the white vertical line in the R-R-Real jungle sounds.
centre of the screen) in order to recov- Gremlin’s famous audio engineering has
er, and lose time for it. When the score recreated the jungle and its wild crea-
reaches 2000, 4000, 6000, and 8000, tures with sound-sensations.
animals start moving faster. It’s also
worth noting that if players have man- Other Features:
aged to amass a score of over 3000 points 19” solid state TV monitor
at the end of the game, it will result in 30 Power: AC, 110V-115V-230V, 50/60 Hz,
further seconds of extended play. 130 watts. 3-wire cord with safety inter-
“strategywiki.org” lock on game access door. Grounding re-
quired.
Weight: 187 lbs. (86 kg)
Solid state circuitry for dependable op-
eration.
1977
49
Safari
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Safari is a licensed version by Taito Corporation Mode 1 Player
released for Japanese manufacture and distribu- Gameplay Single
tion. As with Hustle, when this game was licensed Panel Layout Single Player
to Taito Corporation, it was released as part of Monitor
their third “Taitronics T.V.” series. Orientation: Horizontal
The Taito version has birds, lions, deer, and buf- CRT: Black and White
falo as the animals while the Gremlin version has
(one channel)
snakes, lions, boars, and vultures.

How To Play Features
• Insert coin(s), animated hunter appear • As score reaches 2000, 4000, 6000 &
in the hut. 8000 targets move faster and faster.
• By using the hand grip control, the • Hunter can be moved anywhere on
hunter can be moved up or down, right screen.
or left on the TV screen. Targets are shot • Previous High Score feature keeps the
by pulling the trigger on this control. days high score on display for all to chal-
• To adjust the angle of the rifle, use the lenge.
short lever. • Solid state circuitry for dependable
• Target animals are birds(300 points), trouble free operation.
lions(200 points), deer(100 points) and • Authentic sounds of gunshots and
buffalos(100 points) which appear at screams of animals as they are hit.
random on the screen and move right to Specifications
left or left to right. Height 65” (1640 mm)
• While the hunter is outside the hut he Width 26” (650 mm)
must be careful to avoid the moving ani- Depth 31” (790 mm)
mals. If hit he is knock down and penal- Weight 187 lbs (85 kg)
ized time and reset into the hut. Power 195 W
• Play time is 90 seconds but extended
time is swarded after score reaches 3000
points.
1977 Space Wars
50
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Space
Controls
Buttons: 3 [Thrust|Fire|Hyperspace]
10-digit keypad
Monitor
Type: Vector
(one channel) they would regret later, their agreement
Cabinet Styles Upright with Rosenthal allows him to retain own-
Cocktail ership of the technology.
In the game, two players controlled dif-
ferent ships. One button rotated the ship
left, another rotated the ship right, one
Space Wars is a 1977 vector graphics engaged thrust, one fired a shell, and
arcade game based on the 1962 PDP- one entered hyperspace (which causes
1 program Spacewar!. It was ported to the ship to disappear and reappear else-
the Vectrex in 1982. where on the playfield at random).
Space Wars was the brainchild of Larry The game offered a number of
Rosenthal, an MIT graduate who was gameplay options, including the pres-
fascinated with the original Space- ence or absence of a star in the middle of
war!. Later he builds his own version the playfield (which exerted a positive or
around a vector display, installing the negative gravitational pull), whether the
game in an arcade near the Berkley edges of the playfield “wrapped around”
campus. Differing from the current to their opposite sides, and whether
raster graphics monitors of the day, shells bounced. Three other fascinating
a vector graphics game draws sharp,
high-contrast shapes on the screen
using straight lines. Rosenthal shops
the system to numerous manufactur-
ers while demanding an unheard of 50
percent take in the game’s profits. He
calls upon companies such as Atari,
who blow him off with Bushnell possi-
bly still stinging from the failure of his
own Spacewar! translation, Computer
Space. The PONG clone manufacturer,
Cinematronics, snaps it up. In a move
1977
51
features were unique to this game. First, excerpt from the manual:
the game could not be played in “one Generally speaking, your Space trol panel switches and all coin and credit
player” mode; a human opponent was Wars game is designed much the same as information and to create all the digital
required. Second, the player’s ship could conventional video games. The only ma- signals used in providing the visual dis-
take a glancing hit without dying, but jor exception to this is the fact that the play. It also contains all the software (i.e.,
would suffer damage; a cloud of loose Space Wars game is provided with an al- machine language and game personality
ship fragments would break off and float ternate means of visual display: the pat- memory) needed to control the game op-
away, after which the ship would be vis- ented Vectorbeam™ monitoring system. eration and to generate the proper vec-
ibly damaged on screen and would turn The game is, however, built of the tors needed to display.
and accelerate more slowly. Third and same basic building blocks as any other In fact, the CPU logic board con-
most memorable was that the duration of video game. tains a great portion of the vector gen-
play for any contest was solely governed The Central Processing Unit, con- erating system, which also includes the
by the amount of money deposited; each tains circuitry to strobe and interpret all display unit. The CPU logic board also
quarter bought a minute and a half of input functions including the player con- controls the switching (electrically) of the
play. A dollar bought six minutes, and for audio printed circuit board.
a ten dollar roll of quarters two players
could play non-stop for an hour.
With the market matured since Bushnell’s
Computer Space failure, Space Wars is a
big hit for Cinematronics, selling 30,000
units and staying in the top 10 money
earning arcade games for three years.
It was quickly imitated by Atari
(Orbit, 1978 raster).
“thedoteaters.com”
The Cinematronic upright cabinets have

two lighted marquees one on the top of
the game and one below the monitor and
above the control panel white text on a
black background with red trim. Lots of
text for instructions. The side art was sim-
ply a blue vertical strip that said SPACE
WARS.
The Taito Space Wars, released a year
later, looks like a licensed version of Cin-
ematronics Space Wars. Not much infor-
mation was found on this release, other
than a flyer and a brief description of
gameplay (which sounds the same).
Cinematronics/Vectorbeam
Taito Version (1978)
Version (1978)
1977
52
The Audio Board, as in many other VECTOR THEORY

video games, is comprised of a noise genera- In order to understand the basic con-
tor and the associated wave shaping circuits cept behind a vector generated display, it is
as well as a number of amplifiers. The vari- important to have a basic knowledge of vec-
ous audio tones are simply switches to the tor theory.
output amplifier stages on command from As mentioned, the raster scan display
the CPU logic board. uses a matrix typer display pattern. A graph-
The Vectorbeam™ Display Electron- ical representation of a matrix is shown be-
ics is the final form of interpretation of CPU’s low.
calculations. The CPU logic informs the dis- For exam-
play electronics unit of information regard- ple, to produce a
ing line length and line placement on the line on the CRT
CRT. This is accomplished with two twelve- with a matrix-type
bit words, one each for horizontal and ver- pattern, the ap-
tical deflection, and a number of other con- of eventual illumination, using a vectoring
propriate intersec-
trolling signals for the cathode drive circuit form of programming rather than a matrix
tion points of hori-
and switching in the deflection circuits. approach. Basically, the cathode beam is di-
zontal and vertical
The major difference between the rected between two determined points, and
lines are illumi-
vector generator and raster scan type moni- illuminates the entire path of phosphores
nated. The calcula-
tors is the means by which the cathode beam between these two points, unless blanked
tions which select
is directed (deflection) across the screen. by stopping cathode current (i.e.: when the
these points are made on the logic board,
In the raster scan types of display the beam moves from one star to another on
and converted into video information for the
electron beam from the cathode to the anode your screen). The ability to illuminate direc-
monitor to digest. Although there are space
of the CRT is constantly deflected (scanned) tion desired, (which is not possible in a raster
between the illuminated points, the illusion
across the face of the CRT in a series of hori- scan system) creates a much higher degree
of a solid line is made by your eyes, and the
zontal lines that trace from the upper portion of resolution than can be found in a raster
resolution is determined by the number of
of the screen to the bottom in a synchronous scan system, while at the same time creating
available horizontal and vertical lines in the
pattern. Vertical information is added, also a much greater number of angle possibili-
system, and the speed of the sweep.
synchronous with the horizontal, forming a ties. This is also supported by the ability to
In the vector display system, there are
matrix type pattern of mathematically pos- accommodate two twelve-bit words of infor-
no horizontal and vertical lines (no sweep)
sible illumination points on the CRT. If the mation, twelve each for vertical and horizon-
or sync. a line created using a vector system
cathode current is increased at these points tal deflection, and the fact that there is no
as shown below.
on the screen in matrix-type patterns (simi- background illumination from a constantly
A line is drawn by programming a
lar to placing dots on a piece of graph pa- scanning beam when brightness is turned
beginning and ending point of the line to
per where the lines intersect) coherent video up. The higher degree of resolution com-
be drawn, and forcing the cathode beam to
in the form of shapes and alpha-numerics bines with the totally blackened background
travel between th-
to form the game backgrounds can be dis- creating an appearance of depth not found
ese two points, illu-
played. in a raster scan system.
minating the entire
The vector generator takes a slightly Another major design difference is
path of phosphorus
different approach to cathode beam deflec- the fact that no sync. signals are needed to
on the CRT. The
tion. The results are a much higher degree produce vectors on the CRT. This greatly
angle of the line,
of resolution and much smoother motion simplifies the hardware design of the sys-
the position of the
across the screen, as well as the ability to tem, and therefore the understanding of the
line, and the length
draw true curved lines on the screen. Rather theory of operation, of the CPU logic as well
of the line are de-
than using a constantly scanning cathode as the display electronics.
termined simulta-
beam, the beam is directed only to points
1977
53
neously, and simply, by selecting the proper

voltage levels for the beginning and ending
points of the line.
The end result of using the vector gen-
erator is an immensely increased number
of programmable point, which is in direct
proportion to the word size and the capabili-
ties of the DAC-80 (i.e., greater resolution,
definition and smoother motion using mini-
mum of hardware).
CPU LOGIC THEORY

The CPU (central processing unit)
logic board used in Space Wars is not a mi-
cro-processor, but rather a dedicated TTL
processor, much like a mini-computer would
use.
The primary advantages of using a
dedicated processor versus a micro-proc-
essor are that the CPU logic is much faster
electronically, and it has the ability to use a
word length designed for a specific task.
The primary disadvantages from a
service standpoint, are that the system is
heavily software controlled with it’s own
machine language and op-codes and there
are a number of “loops” within the signal
paths that are virtually impossible to trou-
ble-shoot using ordinary means and tech-
niques. The speed of the signals occurring
on the CPU logic board are also a drawback
of sorts, since very fast scopes must be used
to analyze the signals.
Because of the difficulty encountered
when service is necessary, a factory test fix-
ture, a Hewlett Packard signature analyzer
(model 5004A) and a specially prepared set
of schematics must be used to repair the
board. This trouble-shooting system has
been designed to the point where virtually
anyone with a minimum of electronics back-
ground is able to repair the CPU logic board.
Cinematronics, Inc.
1044 Pioneer Way
El Cajon, Calif. 92020
[714] 440-2933
1977
54
Space War is a 1977 clone of Cinematronics Space Wars- the first game
Space War to use vector graphics technology. The game is based on Spacewar!
which was one of the first video games created. Space War and Space
Manufacturer Vectorbeam Wars are essentially the same game in different cabinets. The designer,
Release 1977 Larry Rosenthal, of the original Space Wars and of vector-based graphic
Genre Space created Space War as well. After creating Space Wars at Cinematron-
Cabinet Styles Upright ics, Rosenthal felt that he was not getting paid enough. Rosenthal left
Cocktail Cinematronics taking the vector graphics technology with him. Under
his own video game company Vectorbeam, Rosenthal made a copy of
Space Wars and aptly named it Space War. The two-player Space War
consists of two spaceships battling in outer-space. The game was made
more complex by the introduction of the concept of damage: a ship could
be damaged without being fully-annihilated. Space War allowed players
to create the rules of their universe: the amount of gravity, the presence
of absence of a star, and an open or a closed universe. Vectorbeam and
Rosenthal’s technology were eventually bought by Cinematronics. Space
Wars was the start of a new generation for Cinematronics. The vector-
based graphics became the foundation of Cinematronics games in the
early 80s.
“museumofplay.org”
1977
Special Break 55
Manufacturer Rene Pierre

Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Breakout
Mode 2 Players
Monitor
(one channel)

“Special Break” Three games in one
Double Break
Play: Two balls are served to 2 paddles. Each
bricks knocked out counts double as long as 2 balls
are in play.
Scoring: As long as the player keeps its 2
balls, the mark ed points are counted double
Progressive Break
Play: Progressive Breakout starts with 2
“walls” of 4 rows of bricks that “fall” or scroll con-
tinuously from the top of the monitor. New rows of
bricks will be entered from the top to form a pattern
of 4 rows bricks separated by 4 rows of blank. This
permits players to break through many times during
play. As game progresses, the bricks “fall” faster and
faster.
Cavity Break
Play: Two extra balls are “captured” in a cav-
ity within the wall of bricks. These captured balls do
not knock out bricks until they are freed from their
cavities. This allows up to 3 balls in play at once. Each
brick will count double when 2 balls are in play and
triple when 3 balls are in play.
Scoring: Same as Double Breakout.
1977 Springboard
56
Star Cruiser
Manufacturer Subelectro
Release 1977 Manufacturer Ramtek
Class Prototype Release 1977
Genre Breakout Class Wide Release
Mode 2 Players Genre Shooter
Gameplay Alternating Mode 2 Players simultaneous
Panel Layout Single Player Gameplay Competitive
Monitor Panel Layout Multiple Player
Orientation: Horizontal Controls
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Buttons: Rotational (left, right)
CRT: Black and White Buttons: 3 [FireForward
with a Color Overlay ThrustFire Guided Missle]
Sound Amplified Mono Monitor
(one channel) Orientation: Horizontal
Cabinet Styles Upright Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Springboard is a clone Circus. The

game is a breakout-type genre
where players burst moving bal-
loons at the top of the picture by
bouncing a little man off a spring-
board. Arcade-museum.com list
the game as a prototype, though a
flyer was released.

A British Manufactured Video Game
Object of Game:
To burst all the moving balloons at the top of the pic-
ture by bouncing the little man off the Springboard.
Features of Game:
One or two players
Random free-play score (13000-27000)
No Bonus Jump
Realistic sound effects
Highest score of the day
Machine Specification:
Built to fit average estate car (63 1/2” high x 27” deep x 25
1/4” wide)
Attractive double laminated Rosewood finish cabinet
Optional personalised company name displayed on screen in
attract mode
1977
57
Star Cruiser is a one-on-one spaceship battle.

Players fire on their opponent for points. The
guided missile can be turned left or right with
the directional buttons. This missile travels a
long way. The regular fire only goes a short dis-
tance.
excerpt from the manual:

Star Cruiser is another Ramtek Amusement
Device which is engineered to provide the
highest degree of reliability using the most
advanced techniques available. All solid-state
circuitry ensures years of dependable service.
Star Cruiser is a two-player driving/shooting
game where players use heavy cast alumini-
um steering wheels and aluminium pedals to
control starships. The object of the game is to
avoid being hit by your opponent’s torpedoes
and phasers while you try to hit his star cruiser.
Exciting firing and explosion sounds accom-
pany the sound of the vehicle to provide a dy-
namic audio presentation.
While the Star Cruiser game is not coined, it

displays an attract mode which consist of two
star cruisers moving across the screen.
An actual game begins when players insert one
or two coins (operator adjustable to work on
one or two coins per play).
The star cruisers are now positioned at the up-
per left and lower right corners of the screen.
Turning the steering wheel to the left rotates
the star cruiser to the left, and to the right ro-
tates the star cruiser to the right.
Actuating the foot pedal causes the ship to
move forward accompanied by a “whoosing”
sound. The ship can exit the screen only to re-
appear on the opposite side. The players can
fire at their opponent by depressing a switch
on the right-hand side of the steering wheel. As
long as the switch is depressed, the phaser con-
tinues in motion, wrapping around the screen
and re-entering on the other side. Releasing
the switch causes the phaser to explode.
1977
58 Sprint 4
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1977 Sprint 4 is the third Sprint game,
Class Wide Release but named such because up to
Genre Racing four can play simultaneously
(two on each side of the table-
top machine). Players can select
Controls between about a dozen tracks
Steering: Wheel where oil slicks and other cars
Shifter: 4-position (1/2/3/4) (opponent or neutral cars) could
Pedals: 1 [Accelerate] make them lose control. Ratings:
Monitor Granny, Rookie, Pro. Bonus time
Orientation: Horizontal (extra 30 “seconds”) for complet-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution ing enough laps.
CRT: Color
(two channel)

New Sprint 4™. New profit action.
New Sprint 4 has it all! All the exciting action fea-
tures that players want, all the profit features operators
want.
Features performance-proven in location after lo-
cation in such famous Atari motor racing games as Sprint
2™, Indy 8™, and Indy 4™.
Challenge, realism, variety, fast action, competi-
tion. It’s all there in Sprint 4. And it’s in color!
10 games in one for 1,2,3 or 4 players.
10 different player-selectable tracks makes Sprint
4 a new challenge every time it’s played. Keeps players
coming back again and again.
There’s an individual Track-Select button and
Start button fro each player. And cars not being driven
during a less-than-4-player race become “drone” cars,
adding to the skill challenge.
Big 25” color monitor gets more attention, more
action.
Each player drives his own color car. The score
color matches the car, so there’s no confusion. The
mew Big One even has larger race car pictures in 2
different styles.
More realism.
Life-like steering wheels, durable 4-speed
shifters and gas pedals literally put the player in
their own Grand Prix racer.
1977
Sprint 8 59
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Racing
Controls
Steering: Wheel
Pedals: 1 [Accelerate]
Monitor
CRT: Color
(two channel)
Sprint 8 is a racing arcade game; it utilizes a Motorola

M6502 (running at 1.005 MHz), and as the name sug-
gests, it is the sequel to Sprint 4 which was released in
the same year. The players must use a steering wheel and
a four-position gear shifter to take control for a car (red
for 1P, blue for 2P, yellow for 3P, green for 4P, magenta
for 5P, beige for 6P, turquoise for 7P and peach for 8P),
with two pedals to make them accelerate and decelerate
- and, if there are less than eight players, the remaining
cars will be controlled by the CPU and their score dis-
plays will again say “TRAFFIC”, instead of a number. As
with the first two games, the object is to drive around the
chosen track as many times as possible; players receive
1 point for every metre travelled, but as in that previous
game, the game timer is not displayed upon the screen
(so players again can not tell whether they have earned
enough points to extend it) - but that required value is,
again, 250. Once it runs out, all the players will once
again be rated “GRANNY”, “ROOKIE”, or “PRO”; there
is only four tracks to choose from this time, which is eight
and six less than the amounts for the first two games.

Performance package.
Durable steel gas and brake pedals, 4 dual coin mechs,
and locking boxes, round out Sprint 8’s features. (There’s
even built-in ash trays).
1977
60
Starhawk
Release 1977/1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Space Starhawk is a 1977 (unlikely) or 1979 vector
Hardware Cinematronics B&W Vector arcade game designed and programmed
Mode 2 Players simultaneous by Tim Skelly and manufactured by Cin-
Gameplay Joint ematronics. Starhawk is a shoot ‘em up
Panel Layout Multiple Player unofficially based on the Star Wars: Epi-
Controls sode IV trench run, the first arcade game
Joystick: 8-way with button to blatantly use concepts from Star Wars.
Buttons: 3 [Slow|Medium|Fast] The game was unique at the time for its
Monitor
pseudo-3D graphics. It was released for
Type: Vector
the Vectrex home system in 1982.
CRT: Black and White The arcade cabinet had to have a cinder
Sound Amplified Mono block placed inside of it, to prevent it from
(one channel) tipping onto the player.
Various ships, highly reminiscent of TIE
fighters, appear on the horizon of the
trench and the player has to shoot them
before they destroy the player’s ship. The
player is given initially sixty seconds and
excerpt from the flyer: the counter is continually decrementing,
3-D ACTION but increases as the player destroys en-
Ships manoeuvre and explode emies. Twenty seconds is given for every
in all directions 10,000 points scored. It is feasible that a
good player could play indefinitely. The
3-D REALISM
player would continue flying down the
Clearest picture in video his-
trench towards a specific target similar to
tory.
the Star Wars Death Star target. The game
3-D PROFITS will get progressively more difficult as the
Coin accumulator and un- player advanced. Similar to the flying sau-
matched player appeal for 1 or cer from Space Invaders, a command ship
2 players. will periodically appear and will attempt to
DIMENSIONS: shoot at the player. If the command ship
72” high x 28” wide x 30” deep was not destroyed quickly, the player lost
90 day warranty on major com- 800 points.
ponents Besides the firing button, there are three
buttons that control the speed of the cross-
hairs.
1977
61
Super Bowl
Superbowl is a top-down arcade 10-pin bowling game (most sourc- Release 1977
es on the internet characterize the game as a football game, though Class Wide Release
screenshots confirm it to be a bowling game). The game is a re- Genre Sports
worked version of Robot Bowl, a 1977 arcade game by Exidy (li- Mode 2 Players simultaneous
censed to Sega). Super Bowl was released exclusively to a Japanese Gameplay Joint
market. Panel Layout Multiple Player
Monitor
The player has buttons to adjust the throwing position, pitch, speed
and steer. Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
(one channel)
Super Crash
Release 1977
Genre Breakout
Cocktail
Mini
Super Crash is a version of the popular Atari

“Super Breakout” made in 1977 by Video
Games Gmbh. of Lich. W.Germany. They
also made “Crash,” a version of Atari’s “Brea-
kout”.
The game advert itself as a three-in-one ma-

chine. Games include Cavity, Progressive,
and Double
1977 Subs
62
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1977/1979
Class Wide Release Subs was the first arcade game to use
Genre Shooter dual monitors and because of this
Hardware Atari B&W Rasters dual screen configuration the cabinet
Mode 2 Players simultaneous is pretty unique looking. At a 45 de-
Gameplay Competitive gree angle on both sides of the cabi-
Panel Layout Multiple Player net each player has his own controls
Controls and monitor that the other cannot
Steering: Wheel see. Players can either play 1 player
Buttons: 1 [Launch Torpedo]
against the computer or 2 players
Monitor
against a friend.
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution The object of Subs is to find and de-
CRT: Black and White stroy the enemy’s sub. Since play-
Two monitors ers cannot see the enemy’s subma-
Sound Amplified Mono rine there are clues they must use to
(one channel) track it down. There is a small sonar
Cabinet Styles Upright display in the bottom corner of the
screen that will sweep the area ever
few seconds and give an approximate
location of the enemy. If one player
runs into an island or hits the edge of
the playfield the player will become
visible. Torpedoes are always dis-
played on both monitors so firing one
will give away the sub’s position. Us-
ing these clues player must maneu-
ver their submarine into position to
lunch torpedoes in the direction of
the enemy but they are only allowed
two torpedoes in the water at a time.
The controls for the sub are a steer-
ing wheel which turns the sub left or
right and a Torpedo fire button. The
subs are always moving forward and
there is no way to control the speed.
The recommended game time is 90
seconds but can be set from 30 sec-
onds to 4 minutes in 30 second incre-
ments. The person who has destroyed
the most subs when the time runs out
wins.
The game came in a wide cabinet and
has a large marque in the front center
that lights up.
Concept art
1977
63

• World’s first 2-monitor action video game. Double the action! Double the profits! Add-A-Coin coin accumulator lets
• 2 players against each other; 1 player bat- Subs is another totally new concept profits play longer!
tles computer. in video skill attractions. Another world SUBS built-in replay incentive is ir-
• Players use “SONAR” monitor display to first from Atari. resistible... players will want to buy extra
find opponent hidden from sight on other It’s the world first and only action time. Atari’s coin accumulator feature lets
monitor. game to use two video monitors... for dou- players extend action time before, during
• Operator selectable “game credit” or ble action, double earning power! or after the game while SUBS is in “Time”
“game time” option. The result is dynamite... a realis- mode.
• Attention-getting sonar “ping” and explo- tic “search-and-destroy” sub battle. And a Coinage: Time Mode. Credit Mode, 1
sion sounds. new opportunity for extra profits in any coin per player. Free play.
• Eye-catching cabinet. locations. Four Languages: Operators-selectable
• 4 language options. High skill challenge for one or two for English, French, German or Spanish
Players must “find” opponent’s sub indi- players! video message presentation.
cated by a visual “blip” on his Sonar moni- Split-second timing and anticipa- Built-in Self-Test System:
tor display. Only player’s own submarine is tion are the keys to victory. Atari’s unique self-test program dis-
visible on his monitor. Opponent’s sub is One or two players can test their plays all microprocessor functions, on-the-
visible only if it is hit, crashes into Islands skill. (Single-players compete with the spot for instant trouble shooting.
or other player’s sub. Player aims his sub computer).
Dimensions:
at position of opponent indicated by blip More operator option for extra profits. Height: 70”, 178 cm; Width: 44”, 112 cm;
and fires torpedos. “Hits” are registered “Time” Mode: Operators may select to Depth: 24”, 61 cm.
by explosion sounds and video score dis- offer game times of 0:30, 1:30, 2:00, 2:30,
play. Because opponent’s torpedos are vis- 3:00, 3:30, 4:00 minutes per coin.
ible, each player can steer evasive action or “Credit” Mode: Operators may choose to
“hide” behind island obstacles to avoid be- offer game credits of 1 player per coin with
ing hit. selectable game times from 0:30 to 4:00
minutes.
“Attract” Mode: Sonar “ping” sound ef-
fect may be turned on or off during attract
mode.
1977
64
Super Bug
Release 1977
Class Wide Release excerpt from the maual:
Genre Racing INTRODUCTION
Board pin Super Bug Pinout Super Bug is a one-player driving game de-
Mode 1 Player
veloped Kee Games. The game is packaged in a dis-
Gameplay Single
tinctively styled upright cabinet that rests directly
Controls on the floor. A 23-inch TV monitor is mounted in
Steering: Wheel the top front of the cabinet, with the monitor view-
Shifter: 4-position (1/2/3/4) ing screen slightly tilted from the vertical. Player-
Pedals: 1 operated controls are mounted directly below the
Monitor TV monitor viewing screen on the front of the game
Orientation: Vertical cabinet. The controls consist of a steering wheel, a
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution four-speed gear shifter, an accelerator foot pedal, a
CRT: Black and White pushbutton for track difficulty, a start pushbutton,
with a Color Overlay and a pushbutton for high score reset.
(one channel) Two identical coin mechanisms are mounted
Cabinet Styles Upright on the lower front center of the game cabinet, below
the steering and shifting controls. Either of these
two mechanisms can initiate play. The cash box is
located behind a locked access door below the coin
Super Bug is an arcade game devel- mechanisms.
oped, manufactured, and released by The player’s objective is to manipulate the
Atari in 1977. The player steers a yel- Super Bug along the track in a race against time.
low Volkswagen Beetle (or “Bug”) along The player must avoid sliding in oil pools in the
a multidirectionally scrolling track, road, or dropping into sand pits, as well as avoiding
avoiding the boundaries and occasional other cars, while keeping the Super Bug within the
obstacle. The game ends when fuel runs boundaries of the road.
out. Super Bug is in black and white, Acceleration is as in a real car. Start out in
and the colored car comes from a yellow anything but first gear and the car accelerates slow-
overlay in the center of the monitor. ly. Once the car is moving, shifting into progres-
The 1978 Atari arcade game Fire Truck sively higher gears increases the speed of the car.
is based on Super Bug. Both games were If the car goes into an oil slick or sand pit, it slides,
programmed by Howard Delman. with sound of sliding from the game cabinet speak-
Originally titled City Driver, Super Bug er. If the car drives into a track boundary, a tree, or
was the first to be designed and pro- another car, a crash sound will be heard from the
grammed by Howard Delman. Del- game cabinet speaker and the TV monitor viewing
man stated in an interview that he had screen will flash.
to learn a lot of the game development
process during the nine months it took
to create Super Bug.
Joe Decuir of Atari was writing an Atari
8-bit family version of the game, but it
was never finished.
1977
65

Super Bug! Super Thrills!
Super Bug is a completely new single-player
driving challenge. A bright yellow “modified
bug” speeds through tree-lined city streets in
a fast moving rally race. The constantly mov-
ing streets provide new excitement and driving
challenge every time the game is played, as the
driver races the clock to cover as much distance
as possible for highest score.
Directional arrows appear on the road
to warn drivers as they approach turns. Quick
reflexes are a must to avoid crashing into curbs
and parked cars. And to avoid sliding into oil
slicks and sand traps.
Players select “Novice” or “Expert”
tracks, shift into first, step on the accelerator
and take off. The roar of acceleration, crash
and skid sounds add to the excitement. Score,
Fuel (time remaining) and driver Ratings are
displayed on the screen, as well as “Crunch”
whenever the player crashes.
Exclusive Operator Options.
New with Super Bug! Now video messages can
be operator selected to display: English, Ger-
man, Spanish or French.
Game Time is adjustable to 60, 90, 120 and
150 seconds.
Extended Play. Three optional bonus levels
for each game time.
Coinage. 1 or 2 coins per play, 2 plays per coin.
Exclusive New Coin Door. Super Bug also
comes with Atari’s new coin door designed for
trouble-free, tamper-proof operation.
Self Testing Means More Earnings.
Atari’s unique built-in self diagnos-
tic program displays all micro-processor and
memory functions including game options for
easy on-the-spot checking and trouble-shoot-
ing.
Put Your Money on a Winner.
Durastress™ tested all solid-state reli-
ability, durable running gear, Instapart™ 24-
hour parts turnaround helps keep the bugs out
of Super Bug.
1977
66 Super Death Chase
Super Death Chase is a sequel to Death Race. The game is a
Manufacturer Exidy modified version of the original designed by Arlen Grainger.
Release 1977 It featured skeletons in place of “gremlins” (perhaps in an
Class Wide Release
effort to avoid the controversy that had plagued its pred-
Genre Racing
ecessor), a randomly appearing ghost and a 36-inch-wide
cabinet. The game was shown at the 1977 AMOA show, but
Panel Layout Multiple Player apparently never made it into full production and only a
Controls Differ few units were built.
Monitor “allincolorforaquarter.blogspot.no”
Review by: Play Meter (jan.1978)
CRT: Black and White Exidy was another company that showed a “re-hash”
Sound Amplified Stereo of one of its own past successes. If the media thinks they’ve
(two channel) buried Exidy’s infamous Death Race, it appears that they
Cabinet Styles Upright have another thought coming. Don’t tell them, but Death
Race has risen from the grave and has been resurrected in
to a new game called Super Death Chase.
Boasting of a new 36-inch wide cabinet, Super
Death Chase offers plenty of room for two players. Play-
ers controls are the same as in Death Race, and the ob-
ject is the same - to wipe out as many skeletons as possible
within the allotted time.
Super High-Way
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1977
Class Wide Release
Genre Racing
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Steering: Wheel
Shifter: 2-position (low, high)
Super High-Way Pedals: 1
is a vertical black Monitor
and white car racing Orientation: Vertical
game from Taito. It might Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
be a clone of Midway’s CRT: Black and White
280-ZZZAP, based on the flyer. Sound Amplified Mono
(one channel)
1977
67
Super Knockout is a colorful ball and paddle game where the Super Knockout
player destroys bricks by bouncing the ball at them with the
paddle. The game is similar to “Breakout”.
Release 1977
Genre Breakout
excerpt from the flyer: Mode 2 Players
A BRITISH MANUFACTURED VIDEO GAME Gameplay Alternating
A micro processed game of highly successful wall game. Panel Layout Single Player
OBJECT OF GAME: Monitor
To eliminate as many brikcs as possible.
FEATURES OF GAME: CRT: Color
One or two players Sound Amplified Mono
Choice of three games at player’s option (one channel)
Game one “Twosome” Cabinet Styles Upright
Game two “Escape”
Game three “Advance”
Variable ball speed
Variable bat size
Highest score of the day for each game displayed
T.T Block
Manufacturer Taito
T.T Block is a a ball and paddle game where
Release 1977
Class Wide Release players control a paddle and tries to rebound
Genre Breakout a ball into the bricks.
Mode 2 Players The initials TT stand for T able T ype, a defi-
Gameplay Alternating nition by Taito to indicate that it is a cocktail
Panel Layout Single Player type cabinet .
Controls
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) TT Block is a very interesting
Monitor title from a technical point of
Orientation: Vertical view. Although it was made in
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution 1977 , its set of two logic cards
CRT: Black and White does not use any type of proces-
Sound Amplified Mono sor or EPROM . The only type of
(one channel) electronic component is a logi-
Cabinet Styles Cocktail cal port type. For this reason TT
Block can not be emulated.
1977
68
Tic Tac Quiz
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1977 If making money instead of service calls ap-
Class Wide Release
peals to you, ask your area distributor about the
Genre Trivia
sensational new TIC TAC QUIZ.
Gameplay Joint The more you look into TIC TAC QUIZ, the
Panel Layout Multiple Player better it looks.
Monitor • Mar-proof, drink-proof, burn-proof surface.
Orientation: Horizontal • Sealed switches with no moving parts to wear out.
• Both top and TV flip up for easy servicing.
• Reliable Motorola monitor.
(one channel) • Trouble-free tape cassette player.
Cabinet Styles Upright • Stylish formica cabinet for long life and high
Cocktail trade-in.
Coin Conditions:
excerpt from the maual: Operator may select one of three modes.
TIC TAC DOUGH. 1. one coin (25¢) one or two players
In our business, it’s not how you play the 2. two coins (50¢) one or two players
game - but how often. So SEGA has come up with 3. one coins (50¢) two players
TIC TAC QUIZ, the game nobody plays just once. Coin Conditions:
Designed to harvest quarters everywhere, Previous game (X’s and O’s) displayed on CRT.
from the cocktail lounge to the arcade, this chal- Winning combination flashing 1 sec. rate.
lenging new game combines Tic-Tac-Toe with a Last question, answer and correct answer
video quiz. displayed
Here’s the way it works. A quiz question No sound. No flashing lights.
appears on the screen demanding an AGREE or No instructions - displayed in hard copy on
DISAGREE answer. If the player answers cor- glass top.
rectly, his X or O appears in the chosen square.
If he’s wrong, his opponent’s symbol appears in-
stead. The first player who gets three X’s or O’s
in a row, or five of a kind, wins. And since TIC
TAC QUIZ stores 2,500 questions for random
call-up, the game never loses its appeal.
Both models (table and upright) can be
operated by one or two players, one or two coins,
and let you adjust time limits and free game op-
tions.
TIC TAC QUIZ is built in America by
SEGA, so it’s exceptionally rugged, reliable and
simple to service. The control switches have no
moving parts, are sealed against liquids and may
be cleaned with a sponge.
A flip-top, fold-out cabinet design reduc-
es service time to a minimum.
Twin Course T.T. 1977
69
Manufacturer Sega
Twin Course T.T., is a discrete logic arcade game released Release 1977
by Sega in 1977. It is motorbike racing game, a two player Genre Racing
version of Man T.T.
Though the cabinet has two screens and two sets of Panel Layout Multiple Player
controls, the games are not linked - it would be many Monitor
years until actual twin arcade cabinets were pro- Orientation: Either
duced, Sega’s first effort being Rad Rally in 1991. Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
This game is virtually unknown as like many Sega re-
leases from the 70s, there is little information to be Sound Amplified Mono
found on it (one channel)
World Cup
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1977
Genre Sports
Monitor
Type: TV Monitor
(one channel)
World Cup is a a competitive soccer-like ball and

paddle game from Sega.
U.N. Command
excerpt from the maual:
Release 1977 Two teams are fielded and the team that takes the
Class Wide Release ball after kick off surges forward towards their oppo-
Genre Shooter nent’s goal. If the ball carrier is touched by an oppo-
Mode 2 Players simultaneous nent team member, the ball is immediatly taken over
Gameplay Joint by the opponent. The ball can be passed at will but -
Panel Layout Multiple Player watch out for interceptions.
Controls
Monitor
Orientation: Horizontal U.N. Command is apparently a two-player version of
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Bazooka. No apparent additional evidence of this is
CRT: Black and White found to date. The game is currently suspected not to ex-
Sound Amplified Mono ist.
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Upright Jim Hernandez’s old game list mentions a game
named “U.N. Commander” but no other info. It might
be this one.
“mamedev.emulab.it”
1977 Triple Hunt
70
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1977
Class Wide Release Triple Hunt’s main feature is its mounted light score, then the player is given extra play time, and
Genre Shooter gun, which is used to shoot at the screen on a sep- the timer increases to half of the original value.
Hardware Atari B&W Raster arate cabinet. Each Triple Hunt unit houses three Hit The Bear focuses on the player aiming
Mode 1 Player changeable games; Witch Hunt, Hit The Bear, for and shooting at either a large or a small ani-
Gameplay Single and Raccoon Hunt. The game graphics are dis- mated bear that walk through an on-screen forest.
Panel Layout Single Player played over the background graphics, and when a When a bear is hit, it would stand, roar, and turn
Controls monitor mask is placed on the screen, the graph- around to walk in the opposite direction. Once a
Gun: Positional with trigger ics ‘disappear’ behind the mask. Since the gun is bear walks off of the screen, the other would walk
Monitor light operated, the shots would not go through the back on screen in the opposite direction. Each
Orientation: Horizontal mask, and did not count. It was first introduced at game lasts for 100 ticks, unless extended play is
the Third Annual Distributor Meeting banquet on activated.
March 22, 1977. Raccoon Hunt has the player shooting at
(one channel) Unique amongst other games at its time, Triple up to four raccoons as they climb up the screen.
Cabinet Styles Upright Hunt contains three different games, each played Instead of a timer, the counter in the corner
by solely using the light gun. The three games shows how many raccoons will appear. The rac-
had to be swapped out by the operator by chang- coons climb up the screen faster as the player’s
ing the graphic panels and flipping a switch. The score also increases through four levels, and once
objective of all three games is to simply earn the the counter reaches 00, the game will end.
highest score possible before a timer ran out. The Witch Hunt features a haunted house with
player has no limit on the number of shots fired, witches, ghosts, and bats emerging from holes.
and the gunshots will display on the screen one at The player must shoot at all characters on screen
a time. A timer in the corner of the screen counts until the timer runs out to 00. Witch Hunt also in-
down until the display reaches “00”. However, if cludes over three minutes of background sounds.,
the operator has turned on ex- which were provided from a hybrid of solid state
tended play and the player’s sound sources and 8-track tapes.
score exceeds the extended play
1977
71
excerpt from the maual: puter system begins remem-

Atari’s Triple Hunt is a bering the highest number of
one-player gun game housed in score points earned by any
two upright cabinets that rests player as soon as AC power
directly on the floor. A rifle- is turned on. After each game
type gun is mounted at the top play ends, the microcomputer
of one cabinet, and a TV moni- puts this number on the screen
tor, on whose screen the target and the words “HIGH SCORE”
object appear, is mounted in the right below it. Persons look-
cabinets. An adjustable-length ing at the screen are then chal-
support tube and plate assembly lenged to beat the high score
connects between the cabinets. player, even long after that
It adjustable feature allows the player has walked away!
operator to easily change the separation dis- The game also has a built-in self-test
tance between cabinets to any value between feature. The self-test will confirm correct
5 ft. and 10 ft. The game does not require any game operation when all components are
bolt connections to the floor at the game site. working properly, and will speed up the trou-
The game’s only player-operated con- bleshooting steps if a component has failed.
trols are a trigger on the gun and a backlight- The failure information is automatically
ed Start pushbutton that is mounted on top displayed in letter codes directly on the TV
of the cabinet with the gun. On the player screen, and the self-test can be performed by
side of this cabinet two identical coin mecha- a person not having special technical train-
nisms and two speakers are also mounted, ing in electronics.
below the gun. Either coin mechanism can ed with the game and are stored inside the Service. The Easiest Target.
initiate game play; the coin box is located game cabinets when not in use. The changeo- Atari’s exclusive built-in self-test and options
behind a locked access door to the mecha- ver can be done in less than one hour, and no check program lets you trouble-shoot on the
nisms. During play the speakers add to the special tools or technical skills are required. spot. And because gun and display modules
game excitement by producing continuous Therefore, this feature in effect provides the are fixed in position when installed, line-up
background sounds, gunshots when the trig- operator with a 3-game capability from 1 from game to game is always accurate.
ger is pulled, and other special “hit” sounds cabinet set. Dimensions:
whenever a player’s shot hits an object on the Another important game feature is a Gun Mount: Height 44”, 111.76 cm; Width
TV screen. set of switch-selectable options that give the 25.25”, 64.14 cm; Depth 44”, 111.76 cm.
A unique feature of this Atari game is operator three choices for cost per game play, Monitor Module: Height 66”, 167.64 cm;
that at the game site the operator can easily four choices for the length of game play, and Width 25.25”, 64.14 cm; Depth 44”, 111.76 cm.
change it back and forth between three dif- a choice for allowing extended play or not. Telescoping connecting conduits let
ferent game play configurations. These con- The special “High Score” display is a you place the Gun Mount 5 feet to 10 feet
figurations are named Hit the Bear, Racoon game feature that increases player incentive away from Monitor Module.
Hunt, and Witch Hunt; each has its own to try out the game, and also to play it over
combinations of graphic panels, target ob- again as well. “High Score” is a numerical Take Aim
jects and distinctive sounds produced during display that only appears on the TV screen All of Triple Hunt’s 3 games have strong ap-
play. All parts needed for changeovers from between game plays. The game’s microcom- peal to players of all ages.
one play configuration to another are provid-
1977
72
2 Game Module
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1977-1978 This Atari release combines 2 games and 2 monitors into a
Class Wide Release single cabinet that didn’t take up much more space than a
Genre Compilation standard cabinet. One monitor was mounted in the bottom
Gameplay Alternating of the cabinet pointed upwards and the image was reflected
to the player with a mirror at a 45-degree angle. A unit was
on display at the 1978 IAAPA show.
“allincolorforaquarter.blogspot.no”
excerpt from the maual:

The 2 Game Module is a
unique new game configuration
that combines the tremendous
popularity of Atari video games
with contemporary appearance
and space-saving cabinet design
to offer new location possibilities.
And new profit opportunities.
It can literally be placed an-
ywhere, providing enjoyment for a
completely new group of potential
players. And an expanded profit
base for your operations.
Two can play.
In an area no more than 6 1/2
square feet, the 2 Game Module can all ages and tastes, as well as a posi-
double the revenues of a single cabi- tive long-term collection history.
net game in the same amount of floor They are games that include
space. our exclusive self-test system for
Place it against a wall, set it on-the-spot checking. And they are
up as an island entertainment center supported by the most thorough dis-
or arrange them in rows, the 2 Game tributor and factory service in the in-
Module offers unlimited installation dustry.
versatility. Available in two different models: Av-
We’re playing your game. alanche™ and Super Bug™ included
The games that are built into in one and Breakout™ and Sprint
the 2 Game Module are proven Atari 1™ in the other. All four games, Ava-
winners. Since they are not inter- lanche and Super Bug; Breakout and
changeable, thorough researched Sprint 1 have been selected due to
confirmed that the games selected their high collection record and long
have long-term appeal for players of earning life.
1978
3-D Bowling 73
Manufacturer Meadows
3-D Bowling is a black-and-white bowling game from Release 1978
Meadows. Class Wide Release
Genre Sports
excerpt from the flyer: Mode 2 Players
All the excitement and emotion you’d feel if you were Panel Layout Single Player
really trying to bowl that 300 game. Monitor
The ball is automatically served to the next bowler Orientation: Vertical
up. It comes from the pin area, down the gutter, and Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
into the bowler-figure’s hands. The bowler immedi- CRT: Black and White
ately stands up. The player moves him into the lane
(one channel)
and lines him up. Hopefully for a strike!
The ball can be thrown fast or slow. The “Flim-Flam Cocktail
Hook” will make the ball move in a right or left direc-
tion as long as the hook button is depressed. Let up
on the button and the ball straightens up.
Watch the figure on the TV! Slow Flim Flam hook action,
he’ll do slow “Body English.” Fast back ‘n’ forth Flim Flam hook-
ing, he’ll dance a jig!
STRIKE! The bowler jumps up and down; the spectators cheer
with clapping, whistling, and footstomping sounds.
OPEN FRAME? Happens to the best of bowlers. The man
throws his hands to his head in exasperation.
TEETERING PIN! Watch it. Sometimes it teeters and stays up;
you’ve blown a spare.
BEER FRAME! What’s more American than mom and apple
pie? Bowling and beer frames. You never know in which frame
it’s going to appear. Adding excitement and suspense, the Beer
Frame comes up randomly anywhere from frame 1 to 9. (Opera-
tor option)
FLIP-FLOP FEATURE on 3-D cocktail table. When there are
two players, opponents sit opposite each other and the full alley
is presented to each as his turn comes up.
STRIKINGLY HANDSOME cocktail table with burnt orange
laminate top and black padded vinyl sides.
NEW PROFIT OPERATOR OPTIONS
Game time is operator adjustable to 3, 4, 5, or 120 seconds be-
fore ball is automatically bowled. (No time limit also available.)
Coin Options. 1 coin per player, 2 coins per player, or 1 or 2
players per coin.
At no extra cost and always standard: Motorola monitor
(23” Upright; 19” Cocktail Table). Meadows quality and reli-
ability.
1978
74
Acrobat
Manufacturer Taito
Acrobat and Clowns is a clone of Circus by Exidy. Players Release 1978
bounce a character around on a seesaw and break balloons. Class Wide Release
Genre Breakout
excerpt from the Clowns Flyer: Mode 2 Players
• A fun filled one or two player game with dual controls Panel Layout Single Player
• Players bounce clowns off “see-saw” to break rows of bal- Monitor
loons for high score and bonus jumps Orientation: Horizontal
• ‘Clowns’ features a 23” solid state monitor Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
• Electronic musical sound effects CRT: Color
• Adjustable jumps 2, 3, 4, 5 Sound Amplified Mono
• Bonus jump feature (one channel)
• Adjustable pricing Cabinet Styles Upright
• Double 25¢ coin chutes
• Micro processor logic system
• Built in ROM and RAM
testor
excerpt from the

Cocktail Flyer:
• One or two player action
• Dual controls
• Adjustable jumps
• Adjustable pricing
• Bonus jump feature
• 19” solid state monitor
• Amusing musical sounds
• Micro Processor logic
system
• Built-in ROM & RAM
testor Clowns
• Handsome cabinet de-
sign Manufacturer Midway
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Breakout
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Rotary: Analog
Monitor
(one channel)
1978
Atari Mini Golf 75
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978
Class Prototype Atari Mini Golf is a black and white
Genre Sports mini golf game.
Monitor
The game never made it out of its
prototype state and was never re-
CRT: Black and White leased.
Avalanche
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Action
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Buttons: 1 [Serve]
Rotary: Analog
Monitor
with a Multicolored Overlay
(one channel)
Avalanche is an arcade with a six-storied platform and with extending lines meant to
game designed by Dennis the player loses one platform convey the motion of falling
Koble and released by Atari per row of rocks cleared. The rocks. The screen is black and
in 1978. The object is to catch player scores points for those white with two colored strips to
falling rocks with a controllable rocks they prevent from reach- provide colored rows of graph-
set of paddles that diminish in ing the ground. The farther ics as in Breakout.
number and size as the rocks the row of rocks, the smaller The circuit board is based on
fall faster and faster. The con- and faster they become. The the 6502 CPU, with game code
cept gained a much wider audi- ultimate goal is to get enough stored in multiple ROMs. All
ence after Activision released points so that the player can game text is selectable to 4
an unauthorized adaptation in continue the game should they different languages: English,
1981 as Kaboom! for the Atari lose their first one. French, German, or Spanish.
2600. Avalanche is housed in a cus- Avalanche also includes a built-
Avalanche is for 1 or 2 players, tom cabinet that includes 2 in self-test diagnostic program
with no simultaneous game- large lit start buttons and a ro- that displays all microproces-
play. There are six rows of rocks tary controller. The side art and sor and memory functions.
to deal with. The game starts bezel feature groupings of rocks
1978
76
Barrier
Manufacturer Vectorbeam
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Maze
Mode 2 Players
In this very basic game, players move a small trian-Panel Layout Single Player
gle around on the grid, while attempting to avoid Controls
the diamonds that are also moving around on the Buttons: Directional
grid. Reaching the end of the grid teleports the (up, down, left, right)
player back to the front of the grid to gain points.Monitor
The game is played on a 3x9 grid that is displayed
Type: Vector
at angle to make it appear to be in 3-D. CRT: Black and White
Barrier ran on the Cinematronics hardware plat- Sound Amplified Mono
form, which also ran such games as “Warrior”, (one channel)
“Speed Freak”, and “Star Hawk”. It used a huge Cabinet Styles Upright
X-Y monitor that was almost entirely covered with
a monitor bezel that only allowed the small trian-
gular playfield to show through.
Around 70 percent of the monitor’s excerpt from the Flyer:
total area was hidden from the play- Avoid the forces of evading diamond
er. The monitor was too large for the shaped alien forces. Are they super-
cabinet, it actually poked out through natural or intergalactic? No time to
a notch in the back door. The control tell. A second’s hesitation means in-
panel featured a Start button and four stant destruction. Each forward move
directional buttons, even though this scores a point for the good guy!...
title would have been better with a The Features
4-Way joystick. The sideart shows a • Patented Vectorbeam™ monitor
picture of a blue wizard who has the system
playfield of the game as his body, and • Coin accumulator circuit
the same wizard is repeated on the • Low maintenance push button play-
monitor bezel that blocks out most er controls
of the screen. This game had a metal • Lasting player appeal for one or two
marquee that did not light up. The players
marquee graphics were also repeated
Shipping Weight: 275 lb.
directly below the control panel.
69 in x 25 in x 26-1/2 in
“arcade-history.com” 175 cm x 64 cm x 67 cm
1978
Blasto 77
Manufacturer UPL
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players excerpt from the Flyer:
Gameplay Alternating GAME ACTION:
Monitor SINGLE PLAYER CHALLENGE
Orientation: Horizontal You are in control of your spaceship as you maneu-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution ver it through a mine field. Beat the clock to ex-
CRT: Black and White plode all the mines and win a FREE game. High
Sound Amplified Mono score indication brings them back for more.
(one channel) TWO PLAYER FRENZY
With two players, BLASTO gets even more chal-
lenging, more exciting, as each one battles for the
most mines and ultimately - for each OTHER! If
Blasto is a 1978 arcade game by Grem- there ever was a “cabinet rattler”, this is it. That’s
lin. The player controls a spaceship and why we put special care into making the controls
have a limited time to clear a board rugged.
full of mines. There is only one button, SKILL AND STRATEGY
which shoots. If a mine explodes, its ex- BLASTO plays well at all skill levels. Beginners try
plosion can take out nearby mines, but to hit more 100 point mines than the opponent.
also hit the players, sending them back Look for high chains of mines for high-scoring
to the starting position and costing time chain reactions! Advanced players use high speed
(but there are no “lives”; the only way to maneuvering and firing for the 1000 point “kill”
game over is to run out of time). Touch- shot. Challenge and fun at all player levels are de-
ing a mine will not hurt players. There signed in for a long earning history.
is no level wrap; clearing a boundary
and then going through will only keep
players where they are on screen.
The World Champion for this game ac-
cording to Twin Galaxies Official Elec-
tronic Scoreboard Bert Ankrom is the
World Champion at the Blasto arcade
game with a verified score of 8,730
points.
1978
78
Block Fever
Manufacturer Nintendo
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Breakout Block Fever is a is a blatant Breakout clone that
Mode 2 Players served as one of Nintendo’s first video game releas-
Gameplay Alternating es. In the game players control a paddle and hit a
Panel Layout Single Player ball back upwards to break the blocks above. Once
Monitor
all of the blocks have been destroyed, the players
win that stage. Each stage has a different block
CRT: Color formation. A version of Block Fever came with the
Sound Unamplified Mono Color TV Block Kusure video game.
(requires one-channel amp) The game is listed as “Block Fiber” on arcade-mu-
Cabinet Styles Cocktail seum.com.
Block Game
Manufacturer Konami
Release 1978
In 1978 Konami created their first Class Wide Release
arcade machines: Block Game, Genre Breakout
which was a shameless copy of Mode 2 Players
Atari’s Breakout. Gameplay Alternating
Monitor
Cartoon Gun CRT: Black and White
Manufacturer Sega/Gremlin (one channel)
Release 1977/1978
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Monitor
Orientation: Horizontal Cartoon Gun, is a discrete logic arcade game re-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution leased by Sega in 1977. It is a cartoonish shoot-
CRT: Color ing game with a positional rifle to shoot on-
Sound Amplified Mono screen targets.
(one channel)
Blue Shark 1978
79
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Controls
Monitor
CRT: Black and White with a Color Overlay
Blue Shark is an an undersea

shooting game where the play-
er uses a mounted spear gun
to kill sea creatures that move
across the screen. They have
to shoot the sharks, swordfish
and octopuses but try not to hit
any of the skindivers.
excerpt from the Flyer:

Fascinating new deep sea hunt
video game that challenges
players to hit moving crea-
ture targets by firing an elec-
tronic spear gun. Realistic,
three dimensional color back-
ground displays the under-
water scene. Scoring is based
on long or close firing range
distances and type of creature
‘speared’: SHARK, OCTOPUS
or SWORDFISH. Hitting skin-
diver subtracts points. Display
of previous high score invites
competition.
One free play is awarded for
score of 18.000 points (opera-
tor adjustable).
SPECIFICATIONS
Height 1745mm
Width 650mm
Depth 900mm Midway Version
Weight 101kg
Taito Version
1978
80
Cascade
Cascade is an Avalanche clone.
Manufacturer Sidam
excerpt from the Flyer: Release 1978
Class Wide Release
• 1 or 2 players Genre Action
• The meteors fall randomly Mode 2 Players
• Increasing difficulty with time Gameplay Alternating
• The display of the maximum score of the day Monitor
stimulates emulation Orientation: Horizontal
• For language option CRT: Black and White
• Extended play option with a Color Overlay
• Self test Cabinet Styles Upright
• “Cold” p.c. board for increased reliability
Computer Othello
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Puzzle
Board pin Nintendo Classic
Gameplay Competitive Computer Othello was the first video
Panel Layout Multiple Player game both published and developed
Controls Differ
by Nintendo, and the first game devel-
Controls
Buttons: 5 [Green|
oped by Nintendo R&D1. While not the
Orange|Orange|Orange|Orange] first video game Nintendo was involved
Buttons: 5 with, it still makes its mark on history
[Blue|Blue|Purple|Purple|Red] for the various reasons listed above.
Monitor Computer Othello is a table top arcade
Orientation: Vertical game that was later released for retail
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution with the release of Computer TV Game.
CRT: Black and White The game was a computerized version
with a Color Overlay of the board game Othello.
Sound Amplified Mono “nintendo.wikia.com”
(one channel)
1978
Computer - R3 81
Release 1978
Computer - R3 is a strategy game of Xs and Os. game is finished, the winner is one with the most Genre Puzzle
Players tries to fence in the opponent’s pieces pieces on the board. Mode 2 Players simultaneous
with their own pieces, one at a time-vertically, HOW TO PLAY THE GAME Gameplay Competitive
horizontally or diagonally. If their opponent’s Panel Layout Multiple Player
First, insert 50¢ coin.
pieces cannot be fenced in, the player must pass. Monitor
Next, depress the select button and in- Orientation: Horizontal
If the player fences in the opponent’s pieces, they dicate whether you want to play alone or with a Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
will become the player’s pieces. The one who has friend. If you are playing alone, the computer has CRT: Color
the most pieces on the board after the game is fin- the first move (O). If you are playing with a friend, Sound Amplified Mono
ished is the winner. the first move goes to the player on the opposite (one channel)
side of where the coin is dropped in. Cabinet Styles Cocktail
excerpt from the Flyer: Depress the “right arrow” or “up arrow”
THE RULES OF THE GAME button and decide where you will put your first
The game is a battle between O and X. piece. When the set button is depressed, the piece
The object is to use your own pieces one will automatically be set in the position you have
at a time to fence in the pieces of your opponent designated.
- horizontally, vertically or diagonally. When you If you cannot fence in your opponent’s
can’t fence in your opponent’s pieces, you have to pieces, depress the pass button. The game can be If you finish
pass. played until the timer reaches ‘0’. If it reaches the game before the
When you successfully fence in your oppo- ‘0’ before the game has finished, simply timer returns to ‘0’, de-
nent’s those pieces become your own. When the drop in another coin and the game press the reset button, select
can be continued. the game, and keep playing until
the time is up.
When all of the pieces
have been set in the squares and
the game is finished, depress the
identification button.
Playing with a friend... Playing alone...

1978
82
Dawn Patrol
Manufacturer Mirco
Release 1978 excerpt from the Flyer:
Class Wide Release Out of the sun they come. If either of them line up one
Genre Action you, it’s curtain for the...
Mode 2 Players Dawn Patrol!
MICRO Games puts you in the cockpit with this new,
excitingly different electronic “dog-fight”. The action
Controls
Upright: X/Y-directional is so real, it’s hard to resist. Players try again and
yoke with trigger again to pit their skill against the deadly enemy aces.
Monitor Sometimes they lose - but you always win. “Dawn
Orientation: Horizontal Patrol’s” high appeal makes you the winner over and
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution over again. It’s compact arcade styling attractions at-
CRT: Black and White tention, fits easily into a 60” x 28” x 24” space. Here’s
Sound Amplified Mono your chance to add new fun, new excitement, and new
(one channel) profit to your business!
Depth Bomb
Manufacturer Sega
Depth Bomb is a Sega licensed ver- Release 1978
sion of Gremlin’s Depth Charge. Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
As in Depth Charge, players moves a
ship at the top of the screen left and Panel Layout Single Player
right while dropping depthcharges Monitor
on the submarines below to destroy Orientation: Horizontal
them. Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
(one channel)
1978
83

Dead Eye
Happy Trails Lead to Meadows Manufacturer Meadows
DEAD EYE Release 1978
Follow that Happy Trail from your dis- Class Wide Release
tributor to your locations with MEADOWS Genre Shooter
Mode 4 Players
DEAD EYE.
DEAD EYE is an exciting 1, 2, 3 or 4 player Panel Layout Single Player
video game in which players compete for Controls
high scores. It is a simple game to play, but Rotary: Analog
is a challenging game to master. Buttons: 1 [Shoot Coin]
Monitor
Players Come Back to DEAD EYE
An exciting and challenging game al- Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
ways brings the players back for more and CRT: Color
more enjoyment. For you, the operator, Sound Amplified Mono
that means higher collections. Repeat play (one channel)
means repeat quarters for both you and Cabinet Styles Upright
your locations.
How to Play Meadows DEAD EYE
After coin(s) are inserted, each player press-
es the PLAYERS button before starting the
game. The player then presses and releas-
es the FLIP COIN button. Once the coin is
flipped into the air, the FLIP COIN button
becomes the SHOOT COIN button. The
player then must keep the COIN in the air
by hitting the COIN and shooting at various
targets and a random appearing BUZZARD
which awards 1,000 points when hit.
Besides the player-controlled SHOOT BUT-
TON, which if held in, gives the player a rap-
id shot option, the player controls the DEAD
EYE figure on the bottom of the screen. The
player must have a real skill in order to
DEAD EYE figure can be moved from side to
achieve higher and higher scores.
side in order to maximize the player’s con-
trol in aiming for the coin. Top scores are Scoring
awarded when the DEAD EYE shoots the By skillfully controlling both the DEAD
COIN into the four spinning wheels located EYE control and the SHOOT GUN button,
in the corners of the play area. the player can achieve high scores. The tar-
The player’s turn is over once the coin hits get values are as follows:
the ground (accompanied by sound) and Shooting coin - 5 points
NEXT SHOOTER then appears on the Shooting small bird - 50 points
screen. GAME OVER is displayed at the end Hitting top border with coin - 100 points
of each game. Hitting side border with coin - 500 points
Shooting random buzzard - 1000 points
DEAD EYE sounds simple and is simple
Hitting top wheels with coin - 2000 points
to play but the key to the game is that the
Hitting bottom wheels with coin - 4000 points
1978 Dog Patch
84
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Panel Layout Multiple Player Dog Patch is a shooter where hillbillies shoot their shot-
Controls guns at tin cans that are tossed into the air. There is a
Rotary: Analog
bonus round where a wild goose can be shot for bonus
Buttons: 1 [Shoot]
Monitor points.
Orientation: Horizontal excerpt from the Flyer:
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution A one or two player game of marksmanship, in which
CRT: Black and White players shoot at cans tossed into the air for high score
and bonus points
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Upright • One player vs. computer • Games adjustable to 10,
15, 20, 25 cans • Extended play - 3 or 5 cans • Realis-
tic sounds • Handsome “down-home” cabinet graphics
• Flexible game pricing • Twin 25¢ coin chutes • 23 inch
solid state monitor • Dependable micro processor sys-
tem • Built in ROM and RAM tester • Size: Height 67”
(170 cm), Width 26” (66 cm), Depth 24” (61 cm). • Ship-
ping weight 300 lbs.
1978
85
Double Break
Manufacturer Science Engineering
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Ball and Paddle
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Extra Inning
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1978
Extra Inning is a baseball arcade game which was
Class Wide Release
released by Midway Games in 1978; it utilizes an
Genre Sports
Intel 8080 microprocessor running at 1.9968 MHz, Hardware Midway 8080
and is the third title in the Midway Baseball series. Mode 2 Players simultaneous
It is fundamentally the same as its predecessor, Gameplay Competitive
Double Play (released in the previous year), only Panel Layout Multiple Player
the pitching player’s joystick is back to being an Controls
8-way one (although the outfielders’ control is still Joystick: 8-way [Move|Fast Ball]
rotary) - and an eponymous “extra inning” bonus Buttons: 2 [Swing|Slow Ball/Curve]
will also be awarded when the players hit safely to Monitor
all fields marked with the six letters of the manufac- Orientation: Horizontal
turer’s name (indicated by their size increase in the Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
bottom-left corner of the monitor). The number of
Sound No Audio
innings players will receive for one coin again de- Cabinet Styles Upright
pends on how the cabinet is set, but if it’s less than
nine, players will once again have to insert
another coin to continue.
1978
86
Fire Truck
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Racing
Gameplay Joint
Panel Layout Multiple Player Controls Differ
Controls
First Player: [Steering Wheel|
Track Select|Horn|Accelerator]
Second Player: [Steering Wheel|
Track Select|Bell]
Monitor
Type: TV Monitor
23-Inch, Motorola or Tec
Cabinet Styles Environmental Cockpit
Fire Truck is a black-and-white 1978 arcade excerpt from the Manual:

game. According to GamesRadar, it was the
Atari has added a new dimension to steering the fire truck through the course
earliest video game with cooperative game-
the video game world with the first “cooper- without crashing, or crashing as little as
play where two players were forced to work
artive” driving game for one or two players - possible.
together. A one-player version of the game,
Fire Truck™. A set assembly and an upright A 23-inch TV monitor is mounted in
called Smokey Joe was also released. This
cabinet connected together make up the the top of the upright cabinet, with the mon-
was internally identical to Fire Truck.
game. Each assembly contains a player con- itor viewing screen tilted slightly back from
Fire Truck is built on the technology creat- trol panel. The front cab and the back trailer a vertical position. Player-operated controls
ed for Atari’s Super Bug released the previ- of the hook-and-ladder firetruck are steered are mounted directly below the TV monitor
ous year. Both games were programmed by individually, unless it is a one-player game, on the front of the upright cabinet, and on
Howard Delman. in which case the computer controls one half the back top of the seat assembly.
While there is no real “goal” to the game, of the truck (either the front or the back). Two identical coin mechanisms are
Fire Truck is considered to be a “racing In a two-player game, one person sits mounted on the lower front center of the
game” where the two players must cooper- and drives the cab via the cabinet steering seat assembly, below the player controls.
ate to drive the truck through traffic as far as wheel. The second player stands and drives Either of the two mechanisms can initiate
possible without crashing. While the game the trailer via the back steering wheel (which play. The cash box is located behind a locked
can be played with one player, it was clearly is part of the seat assembly). The object of access door below the coin mechanisms.
meant to be played with two. the game is to accumulate a high score by
1978
87

Atari’s first “cooperative” game. Game time is adjustable to 60, 90, 120 or 150 seconds.
Fire Truck™ is a completely new video game concept. For the Coinage: 16 coin modes including 1 or 2 players per coin, 2 coins
first time 2 players must “cooperate”, to achieve highest score. per play, or free play for display or demonstration.
An Irresistible replay challenge. Four Languages: Operators may select English, French, German
Two drivers work as a team to control a hook-and-ladder fire or Spanish video message presentation.
engine. One player drives the cab, the other steers the trailer simu- Built to take it.
lating the excitement of an actual fire chase. The constantly moving Durastress™ tested solid state electronics, durable construc-
city street, the challenge of keeping the cab and trailer driving to-
gether provide new thrills every time the game is played, as drivers
race the clock to cover as much distance as possible.
Quick reflexes for both players are a must to avoid crashing
into curbs, oil slicks and other obstacles and losing time.
Two different 1-player games.
A single player can choose to drive either the cab or the trailer. In
this mode, the computer takes over as the alternative driving partner.
New Operator Options.
Extended Play can be set for liberal, medium or conserva-
tive points for each of four game times.
Smokey Joe
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Racing
Hardware Atari B&W Raster
Mode 2 Players
Panel Layout Single Player Smokey Joe is a one player version of Fire Truck.
Controls
Steering: Wheel excerpt from the Flyer:
Buttons: 1 [Horn] New one-player version of the profit-proven Fire Truck™ in a
Pedals: 1 [Accelerator] versatile new compact cabinet. Exciting hook and ladder fire
Monitor chase driving action. Unpredictable tracks. Players choose to
drive either cab or trailer “cooperating” with the computer as
CRT: Black and White alternate driving partner.
23-inch, Motorola or Tec
(one channel)
1978
88
Football excerpt from the Flyer:

Manufacturer Exidy All The Excitement Of The World’s Most Popular Sport
Release 1978 • Authentic sound effects • Operator adjustable playing time
Genre Sports • Unique “palmball” control • Pass or kick ball from 12 positions
Cabinet Styles Upright • Steal ball from opposing team • 1 year logic board warranty
Frogs
Manufacturer UPL
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Platformer
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Controls
Joystick: 4-way (up-left, down-left,
up-right, down-right)
Buttons: 1 [Tongue]
Monitor
(one channel)

Game Action: Always Hopping you’ve got him, he may dart out of
Make the frog jump to catch as many range! All players have a good chance
insects as possible during game time. for this BONUS!
A single joystick control allows you More Challenge, More Appeal!
to position the frog on his lily pad As the player’s score increases, more
for the best possible shots. But watch insects appear on the screen. This
out! If the frog lands in the water, you makes game play exciting for any
lose precious time until he reappears. player! And, FROGS is one of the first
Skillfully control the frog’s tongue to videos that really attracts the women
snare as many targets as possible. players as well as men. High Score is
Free Play Option: continually displayed to invite com-
During the last few seconds of play, petition.
a dragonfly appears. If you catch the Sounds Captured Alive!
dragonfly, you win a FREE game! But FROGS sounds as great as it plays. Eve-
it’s not easy! Just when you think ry action provokes a sound sensation.
1978
89
Galaxy War
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1978
Genre Shooter
Board pin Discrete logic
Gameplay Joint
Monitor
(one channel)
Galaxy War is a lightgun shooting game set in space for two

players using two large rifle-like peripherals and the screen
positioned at quite a distance. It is similar in design an ear-
lier SEGA game Bullet Mark.
“mobygames.com”
Nok-Out Boxing
Manufacturer Gamex Amusements, Inc.
Introducing a New Concept to the Coin Operated Game Release 1978
Industry Genre Sports
• Two player game Mode 2 Players simultaneous
• Each player has total control of his boxer Gameplay Competitive
• Player selects left and right punches Panel Layout Multiple Player
• Able to move boxer around ring Monitor
• Boxers appear on screen in true-to-life like images, totaly Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
animated, and in full color CRT: Color
• Actual knockdowns appear on the screen Sound Amplified Mono
A knockdown will occur when either boxer is hit 15 (one channel)
times (in the head). On third knockdown a KNOCK-
OUT will occur (boxer will remain in a down position
1978
90 Gee Bee
Manufacturer Namco
Release 1978 Gee Bee is a ball & paddle game released in 1978 by Namco and de-
Class Wide Release signed by Toru Iwatani. It is Namco’s first video arcade game and was
Genre Pinball released in the United States by Gremlin. Gee Bee was originally meant
Mode 2 Players to be a game that women could play; however, Pac-Man would later
Gameplay Alternating use this idea as well, and the game originated from Iwatani wanting to
make pinball machines, with Namco declining the idea. Gee Bee is con-
Controls
sidered one of the rarest arcade games ever made due to its poor sales
Rotary: Analog
Monitor and increasing popularity of games like Space Invaders and Asteroids.
Orientation: Vertical Gee Bee received two sequels in 1979, Bomb Bee and Cutie Q, which
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution would later go on to be included in the Japanese release of Namco Mu-
CRT: Black and White seum Volume 2 in 1995.
Sound Amplified Mono “namco.wikia.com”
(one channel)
The game combines Breakout with pinball ma-

chines (as mentioned above). Like many other
Pong/Breakout games, the player uses the rotary
knob to control the set of paddles on-screen. The
player simply hits the ball back and forth at the
bricks. Many pinball-esque features are presented,
including spinners, roll-overs, pop bumpers and
score multipliers. Gee Bee used strips of colored
cellophane (used in cookie boxes), which many
1970s games used before Namco’s own Galaxian
in 1979, which used real RGB color.
Sega Version
Namco Version
1978
91

BLOCKBUSTING FUN!
All the extras in GEE BEE add to the fun and
test your skill! There are two bumpers, five
rollovers and a spinner to aim for. If you light
all five rollovers, your bonus is doubled. When
all the left or right side blocks are knocked out,
a safety gate appears to prevent the ball from
leaving through the side gate. In addition, you
have a chance for an extra ball if the left or right
pocket blocks are knocked out. Try for a free
credit by knocking out both sides of the pocket
blocks! A free game option, operator adjust-
able, is available.
Plus, GEE BEE’s sounds and colorful graphics
accent the game play all the way! Players will
go for more than one game of GEE BEE! It’s
irresistible!
GAME ACTION:
Player appeal is assured with GEE BEE: For
one or two players, GEE BEE offers the best of
video and pinball in one! The game accepts up
to 9 credits, and is operator adjustable for 3 or
5 balls per game. Just push the serve button
and get ready for new video excitement! Keep
the ball bouncing around the screen to knock
out as many point blocks as possible. The in-
ner rows of blocks score more points than the
outer rows. Aim for the higher points values!
And, to add to the challenge, the ball speed var-
ies depending on how many hits you make. As
the tempo builds, you really have to be fast!
SELF-TEST MODE:
At the flick of a switch, the game runs through
a complete self test, and lets you know immedi-
ately that the game is in good condition. It also
shows you where to look if a problem should
occur. A great trouble-shooting aid!
EASILY ADJUSTABLE OPTIONS:
Select any options YOU desire simply by set-
ting a few switches! Adjust: Number of balls
per game; Number of coins per game; Free
game score; No-Free-Play option, also.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Solid-State b/w monitor; 100VAC, 115,230;
50/60Hz; 3-wire cord with safety interlock on
game access door; grounding required.
1978
92
Gypsy Juggler
Manufacturer Meadows Gypsy Juggler is a spinoff, or copy, of Exidy’s Circus. The
Release 1978
game uses otedama as a motif. In the game, players control
Class Wide Release
a Gypsy who juggles eggs. The number of eggs juggled have
Genre Skill
different point values: one egg is worth 5 points two eggs,
Board pin Gypsy Juggler Dipswitch
Mode 2 Players 50 points three eggs, 100 points and four eggs, 200 points.
Gameplay Alternating “arcade-museum.com”
Controls
Rotary: Analog HOW TO GET YOUR JUGGLING ACT TOGETH-
Buttons: 1 [Add Egg] ER. If you can find reverse in a VW, scramble an egg,
Monitor or stumble into a bathroom light-switch in the dark,
Orientation: Horizontal you too can juggle.
CRT: Color
DON’T BE A SPECTATOR. Meadows takes this
Sound Amplified Mono centuries old performers’ art off the stage and passes it
(one channel) onto the players of the world. This is one form of insan-
Cabinet Styles Upright ity we feel everyone has a right to experience. The skill
involved in getting 1, 2, 3, 4 objects to dance around
your hands has always held that small sense of magic.
1 TO 4 PLAYERS. Players can compete for high
score against opponents or against themselves. High
skill factor makes Gypsy Juggler tough to master and
invites replay for higher scores.
HOW TO PLAY GYPSY JUGGLER. After coin(s)
are inserted (accompanied with sound), each player
presses PLAYERS button before dropping first egg to
be juggled. Each player’s score area is flashed up with
zeros (5 figure value) to sound effects.
ADD-ANOTHER-EGG. Your first egg is served to
the juggler from the overhead chute by pressing ADD-
ANOTHER-EGG button. You’ve got the first step mas-
tered, now add additional eggs and watch your score
“zoom” up.
SCORE. 1 egg = 5 points; 2 eggs = 50 points; 3 eggs =
100 points; 4 eggs = 200 points. No points for bounc-
ing off head! Eggs hit on fingertips arc wide; hits closer
to the head are more controlled, building your skills.
PEEP-PEEP-PEEP. You just missed (dropped an
egg) and a chicken pops out of the egg and exits off the
screen in the shortest direction with “peeping” sounds.
Next player (written on TV) and next player’s score
flashes indicating which player up.
EXTENDED PLAY. Operator adjustable at 5,000;
15,000; 35,000. Tells players when extended play
reached by sound and written 2 places on screen.
Taito Version Meadows Version

1978
Pro Racer 93
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1978
Pyramid
Genre Racing Manufacturer Sankyo
Mode 1 Player Release 1978
Gameplay Single Genre Ball and paddle
Panel Layout Single Player Mode 2 Players
Monitor Gameplay Alternating
Orientation: Vertical Panel Layout Single Player
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Monitor
CRT: Black and White Orientation: Vertical
with a Color Overlay Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Sound Amplified Mono CRT: Color
(one channel) Sound Amplified Mono
Cabinet Styles Upright (one channel)
Cocktail
Pro-Racer is a discrete logic arcade racing
game released by Sega during August 1978.
Dimensions: 68 x 90 x 170 cm. Pyramid is a colorful ball and paddle game
Weight: 115 kg. with an Egyptian motif sold in Japan.
1978
94
Orbit
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Space
Monitor
(two channel)
Two players. Each player controls their LEDs to indicate which options were
spaceship (shaped like the Star Trek selected, with a different type of but-
Enterprise and Klingon ships) trying to tons from the small cabinet. It was a
destroy each other’s ship. One hit will large cabinet with the touch pad over
either partially or completely destroy the monitor. The stereo sound placed
the others ship. If partially, and space the sound where the objects were on the
stations are selected you can repair and screen.
rearm your ship to go back for revenge. Rubin also changed the option
This game is timed so there is no limit buttons to always work because he hated
on the number of ships you can have. that in ‘Spacewar!’, once players picked
Orbit was designed and programmed by the game and options, they were stuck
Owen Rubin. Rubin was basically asked with them for the entire game. If play-
to knock off Steve Russell’s ‘Spacewar!’ ers bought and were playing a 15 minute
in RASTER for the European market in game, it was a long time to realize they
just 6 to 8 weeks, it was done quickly and should not have picked negative gravity!
there are small mistakes. Rubin should Also, Rubin needed to add something to
have made the shots bigger for example, the game to make it different (in addi-
and the space stations could have had tion to the switchable options), so the
better graphics. But for a raster version idea of getting new fuel, shots, and re-
of an original vector game in those days, pairs from Space Stations seemed like a
Atari hit it fairly well. good idea at the time. It did not work as
There was 2 versions, a large up- well as Rubin thought it would. That is
right cabinet (that may never have been why they are an option.
shipped) and the smaller one with the An interesting note on Orbit was
long row of buttons. Atari did a very ad- that the space stations actually DO orbit
vanced version in the larger cabinet that the sun, they are not on tracks. Rubin
had an electronic touch pad and lots of gave them an initial hit of velocity at the
1978
95
start of each wave and the gravity routines do the rest (they ig-
nore negative gravity, because the first time players selected it,
they would fly off the screen). To test the gravity routines, on the
bench Rubin put the space stations into orbit around the sun,
and just let it run for days. Several days later, they were still in
orbit, but degraded a bit and a bit more elliptical. They finally
lost orbit a few days later. Not that Rubin needed to do this, he
could have put them on tracks, but he wanted his 8 bit gravity
math to work as well as possible all the other time.
Present in the same graphics ROM as the object graphics, these
initials (L.R., O.R., L.Y., M.H., and P.M.) are those of people who
worked at Atari’s early arcade days: Lyle Rains, Owen Rubin,
(unknown who L.Y. is), Morgan Hoff, and Paul Mancuso.
According to Rubin, the initials would be displayed if a
special sequence was entered on the game’s number pad. Un-
fortunately, close examination of the game’s code reveals that
this sequence is no longer present. Given that Atari had a thing
against crediting their game programmers/designers/etc., it’s
very possible they discovered the code and removed it rather
than erase the initials, figuring that there would be absolutely
no other way consumers would be able to see these.
“arcade-history.com”

Space action. The ultimate frontier.
New Orbit™ is the ultimate space action adventure game. More
research proven features offer more new challenges, encourage
players to accumulate more game time. And offer operators un-
limited profit potential.
Orbit’s new compact cabinet design also offers higher per
square-foot earnings potential in both street and arcade type
locations.
More variety. More strategy. More action.
Easy to read, reliable push-buttons let players select 10 differ-
ent game levels from “Beginner” to “Intermediate” to “Expert”
to “Super Expert”.
Players also can select 8 different game feature varia-
tions that can be added or deleted while the game is in progress.
“Fuel”, “Shots Remaining”, and “Time Remaining” are
displayed on the screen to add to the excitement and suspense.
More ways to score hits and points.
Dimensions.
Height: 59”, 150 cm. Width: 25”, 64 cm.
Depth: 28”, 71 cm. Monitor: 23” B/W
1978
96 Scramble Secret Base
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1978
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Class Wide Release
Genre Sports
Genre Shooter
Monitor
Hardware Discrete logic
Type: Vector
Gameplay Joint
Panel Layout Multiple Playe
Monitor
Scramble is a competetive, pinball- Orientation: Horizontal
like black and white vector game. Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
excerpt from the flyer: Sound Amplified Mono
(one channel)
Exciting two-ball challenge Cabinet Styles Upright
Extended play feature
Choice of playing computer or an-
other opponent
Secret Base is a flying/shooting game
Revolutionary vectorbeam monitor
for one or two players where the ob-
jective is to destroy the enemy mis-
sile base with their bomber.

Make perilous bombing runs amidst
enemy missile and antiaircraft fore
to destroy the “Secret Base” hidden
deep in the bottom of a mountain.
A 1 or 2 player game in which the
player experiences the thrills and
perils of attempting to destroy and
enemy missile base (red target) with
rocket fire from his bomber. Players
pulls the joy stick forward to climb
and pushes back to descend. Bombs
are released by depressing the firing
button.
Attack at low altitudes to increase
the explosive force of the rockets
but you also run higher risks of be-
ing hit by enemy fire. High technique
is required to drive down, make the
strike and zoom up out of the danger
area as missiles and rockets explode
at random within the air space indi-
cated by the dotted line.
Craters open up each time a hit is
made and the entire base explodes
with a thunderous roar when a rock-
et finally penetrates to the “Secret
Base”.
1978
97
Sea Wolf II was the first game to run on Mid- Sea Wolf II
way’s then-new Astrocade hardware (a Zilog
Z80 running at 1.789773 MHz, with a Bally Manufacturer Midway
Astrocade sound chip running at that same Release 1978
speed), and, as the name suggests, it’s the se- Class Wide Release
quel to Sea Wolf which had been released two Genre Shooter
years earlier. The gameplay is fundamentally Mode 2 Players simultaneous
the same as that for its predecessor - the play- Gameplay Joint
ers (two can play simultaneously this time),
Controls
must use two “periscopes” to take control for
Periscope with button [Fire]
two virtual submarines, with a single button Monitor
to make them fire torpedoes at the various Orientation: Horizontal
enemy ships which are passing across the Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
surface of the ocean (at the top of the screen). CRT: Color
The torpedoes are launched from the bot- Sound Amplified Mono
tom of the screen and will move upwards to (one channel)
hit the enemy ships (but may get blocked by Cabinet Styles Upright
the mines floating at different depths of the
ocean); both of those submarines can fire five
torpedoes before they automatically reload
(as in that original game cabinet, two of the
transparencies inside both of the periscopes
were a display of remaining torpedoes and a
red reload light). The game will be extended
(for both players) if either one reaches a cer-
tain point amount before the timer runs out,
depending on what the arcade owner has set
it to, and can display on-screen text in four
different languages (English, French, Ger-
man and Spanish) - and like the original it
was later ported to the Commodore 64 sys-
tem in 1983 along with the Atari 800. It’s also
described as “the ultimate video game” on the
promotional flyer given that it was released
before the advent of Pac-Man, and may also
have been the first arcade title to make ex-
tensive use of colour (after some older games
had made limited use of it, including Atari’s
Sprint 8, released in 1977 and being the first
title from that company to allow up to eight
players to play simultaneously - and upon the
same cabinet as well).
1978
98 Shark Treasure
Seesaw Jump Manufacturer Universal
Release 1978
Manufacturer Sega Genre xxx
Release 1978 Mode 2 Players
Genre Breakout Gameplay Alternating
Mode 2 Players Panel Layout Single Player
Gameplay Alternating Monitor
Panel Layout Single Player Orientation: Horizontal
Monitor Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Orientation: Horizontal CRT: Color
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Sound Amplified Mono
CRT: Color (one channel)
Sound Amplified Mono Cabinet Styles Cocktail
(one channel)
Cocktail
Seesaw Jump is an arcade game

released by Sega in 1978. It is a re-
worked version of Circus, a 1977 The player controls a diver who must recover
arcade game by Exidy (licensed to sunken treasure chests at the bottom of the
Sega) and was released exclusively sea while killing or avoiding hungry sharks. A
to a Japanese audience. treasure chest containing a moray eel must also
In the game, players has two men be avoided. Every correct treasure chest must
jump up and down on a seesaw be taken to the ship after being recovered.
breaking balloons at the top of the
screen. excerpt from the flyer:
The T2 cocktail version has an ad- Can you safely return to your ship with the pirate’s treas-
justable difficulty factor. ure which is hidden deep in the sea where sharks thrive?
Seesaw Jump (T2)

1978
99
Shuffleboard
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Sports
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Trackball: Optical
Buttons: 1 [Select Game]
Monitor
(one channel)
Shuffleboard runs upon an Intel him. Also, if players roll too far in
8080 microprocessor (running at Game 2 the puck will land in “10 FOR
1.9968 MHz), and the players must OPPONENT”.
use a trackball for puck control (with “strategywiki.org”
a single button to switch between two

variations at the start of the game). excerpt from the flyer:
It was one of the first games to use a 2 Games In 1 For Double The
trackball, and like M-4 before it, was Profits & Double The Fun!
developed by Arcade Engineering • Compete With ‘Computer Brain’ Or
for Midway - and the pucks on the Another Player
right (first) player’s side are check- • Big Rolling Ball Controls Position,
ered while those on the left (second) Speed and Direction of Puck
player’s side are white (and, if only
Here’s a proven winner for a small
one person is playing, the role of the
space. CRUISE SHUFFLE or TABLE
second player is taken by the CPU).
SHUFFLE on a big 23” monitor. Real
Where the pucks land on the board
excitement for competition with the
determines the amount of points
computer puck or in tournaments
players receive (1 to 3 in “Game 1”
among players. SHUFFLEBOARD
and 7 to 10 in “Game 2”), and who-
offers 4 adjustable scoring levels with
ever has the highest score at the end
an optional game time switch. It has
of the game is declared the winner;
a built in ROM-RAM tester - easy to
meaning that if the CPU has a higher
service.
score than the player at the end of
a 1-player match it will have beaten
1978
100
Sky Raider
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Board pin Sky Raider Dipswitch Settings
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Controls
Steering: X/Y-directional yoke with
common thumb buttons [Fire]
Buttons: 1 [Cone]
Monitor
CRT: Black and White with a red overlay.
Sky Raider is a vertical scrolling shooter arcade

game, that got released by Atari in 1978; it uti-
lizes a Motorola M6502 microprocessor (run-
ning at 1.005 MHz).
Players pilot an aircraft and destroy strate-
gic targets as you fly over the enemy territory.
The targets include oil fields, electrical tow-
ers, bridges and enemy aircraft, which look
like commercial airliners. The object is to hit
as many targets as possible within the time al-
lowed.
The enemy does not fire at the players.
The steering controls the speed of the aircraft as
well as the crosshairs players use to target the
enemy. Each target is worth a different amount
of points with the enemy plane worth the most
due to the difficulty in destroying it since it is
moving toward players and under their aircraft.
Some of the Atari games made around 1977-
1978 used similar cabinets and steering yoke,
but steering movement, cabinet colors were
different. Example would be Starship I. These
cabinets were unique due to the entire mar-
quee, plexiglass, speakers were all together on
one huge plastic frame that connected on to the
top of the game and also the control panel went
in the middle of it towards the bottom, which
fastened the frame to the bottom.
1978
101
excerpt from the Manual:

Sky Raider™ is a one-player jet-fighter
game developed by Atari. The game is con-
tained in an upright cabinet which is illustrated
with brightly colored graphics to enhance play-
er appeal. A 23-inch black-and-white TV moni-
tor is mounted in the cabinet, with the image
reflected by a half-silvered mirror.

Sky Raider is an all new idea in video action
strategy games. Three-dimensional visual ef-
fects and realistic sound effects literally puts
the pilot in command of his own jet bomber.
The realism of actual flight.
A unique new engineering concept
presents the player with a bird’s-eye view of
continuously moving video terrain passing be-
low. The simulation of flight is realistic, and ir-
resistible!
The “mission” is to destroy strategic tar-
gets that appear at random in the terrain as it
passes under the aircraft.
Targets include patrolling enemy Air-
planes, scoring 800 points; Oil Tanks, worth
450 points; Bridges, worth 450; and Electric
Power Towers, scoring 350 points.
Built-in Incentive.
Pilot control Sky Raider’s speed, zero in
the bombsight and release missiles to destroy
as many targets as possible within pre-set game
limits.
To add even more incentive, the previ-
ously gained highest score is displayed on the
monitor.
More Options for extra profit...
extra player challenge.
Game Time. Sky Raider can be set for
60, 80, 100, or 120 seconds per game.
Extended Play. Bonus play can be
awarded for achieving pre-set point levels cor-
responding to each game-time increment.
Four Languages. Operator may se-
lect English, French, German or Spanish video
message presentation.
Coinage. 16 optional coin modes in-
cluding 1 or 2 plays per coin, or 2 coins per play.
1978
102
Skydiver
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Skill
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Rip Cord Parachute Handles
Buttons: 1 [Jump]
Monitor
with a blue Color plexiglass Overlay
The object of Skydiver is to guide a skydiv-

er from a travelling plane to a like-colored excerpt from the flyer:
ground target. The player must watch the Atari Does it Again!
wind speed and direction and judge the Skydiver is a totally new concept in
target position, plane speed, and duration video skill games. The first of its kind! Any-
of freefall before pulling the rip cord. Af- where!
ter that, the player must guide the skydiver Authentic ripcord controls, realistic
onto the target by moving the rip cord con- video animation, new Spellout bonus incen-
trol either left or right. tive, new sound effects, including musical
The skydiver jumps from the plane tunes, are standout attraction and replay
whenever the player pushed the Jump but- feature.
ton. The skydiver’s parachute is opened The Realism of Actual Skydiving
when the rip cord is pulled. The rip cord Split-second timing and skill is the
control can be moved either left or right to key to high scoring.
help guide the diver on to the correct land- 1 or 2 players can try their skill. (Sin-
ing pad. gle players compete with the computer.)
Points are scored for successfully Each player skydives untill 3, 4, 5, or
landing on the target. The target point score 6, “missed jumps” are used up.
is determined by the lenghth of freefall -- The ground target appears in a differ-
the longer the fall, the larger the point score. ent position after each successful jump.
A double bonus score is awarded for spelling “Wind direction,” indicated by video
“SKYDIVER”. windsocks, is random and variable.
Owen Rubin, the designer and programmer of Watching airplane speed, wind di-
this game, hid his initials in the object graphics rection and position of target, the player de-
ROM. cides when to jump, how long to hold free-
The game was ported to Atari 2600 in 1979 by fall (to increase target score), pull ripcord
Jim Huether. Sky Diver has been re-released in and “guide” jumper to target.
recent years, such as Atari Anthology and Mi-
crosoft’s Game Room.
1978
103
High Risk Scoring Challenge Built-In Reliability The coin mechanism mounted on the
As long as the jumper Skydiver’s unique self-test program front part of the cabinet below the control
is in freefall, the target displays all micro-processor and memory panel initiates the play. The cash box is lo-
gets smaller in size and functions. cated behind a locked access door to the coin
increases in point value Durastress™ tested all solid state mechanism.
- the longer the fall, the higher electronics, durable construction and Insta- The object of the Skydiver game is to
the score for hitting the target. part™ turnaround mean longer maximum successfully skydive from a traveling plane
Watch out! If the chute earnings and location life. to a ground target that appears in a different
is not pulled in time, the jumper Dimensions. position after each successful jump.
crashes and a video ambulance Height: 66”, 192 cm; The player watches wind speed and
carries off the unlucky jumper. Width: 25.5”, 62 cm; direction using the blue or black wind socks.
Built-In Incentive Depth: 27”, 69 cm; He or she must also judge target position,
The new S-K-Y-D-I-V-E-R Monitor: 23” B/W plane speed, duration of freefall before pull-
Spellout double score bonus is an ex- Cash in on High Flying Profits. ing the rip cord (to increase target score). Fi-
citing incentive feature. Get all the details from your Atari dis- nally, the player must guide the man into the
If the “Jump” button is pressed tributors now. target using the rip cord control (left or right).
when an individual letter in the name One or two players can simulate the
is flashing in the attract panel, the excerpt from the Manual: action of skydiving using the authentic rip
same letter appears on the monitor Skydiver™ is a one- or two-player accord control.
and flashes... tion game developed by Atari, Inc. The game The Skydiver game has three different
If jump is successful, the let- is contained in an upright cabinet illustrated modes of operation:
ter stays lit. When all letters are lit, players with brightly colored graphics to further en- ATTRACT - Power accepted or as a result of
receives double score. And a musical fanfare hance player appeal. A 23-inch TV monitor is the end of a game
that lets everybody know! mounted in the top front of the cabinet. The READY-TO-PLAY - Coin accepted
More Options for Extra Profits TV monitor viewing screen is shielded by a PLAY - 4 to 5 seconds after start button is
Extended Play. An additional game Plexiglas® panel that also displays graphics. pressed
can be awarded for achieving pre-set “hard”
Player-operated controls are mount- Your new Skydiver game is manufactured by
or “easy” score levels.
ed directly below the TV monitor viewing Atari, Inc. and is ready to play immediately
Game Time. 3, 4, 5, or 6 “missed
screen on the front of the game cabinet. The on removal from the shipping carton. Your
jumps.”
controls consist of a rip cord control, a jump cooperation is desired to supply the final
Coinage. 1 coin for 1 player, 1 coin for
button and two LED switches labeled Black touch of quality control to your game.
2 players, 2 coins for 1 player, free play.
Player Start and Blue Player Start. A speak- Be sure all major assemblies are
Four Languages. Operators may se-
er mounted below the control panel provides checked.
lect English, French, German or Spanish vid-
the game sound.
eo message presentation.
1978 Space Invaders
104
Manufacturer Taito/Midway
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Space
Board pin Space Invaders Pinout the same sense of achievement from
Mode 2 Players completing stages and destroying tar-
Gameplay Alternating gets, but with more complex graph-
Panel Layout Single Player ics. Nishikado used a similar layout to
Controls
that of Breakout but altered the game
Joystick: 2-way (left, right)
mechanics. Rather than bounce a ball
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Monitor to attack static objects, players are
Orientation: Vertical given the ability to fire projectiles at
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution their own discretion to attack moving
CRT: Black and White enemies.
with a Color Overlay Early enemy designs included
Sound Amplified Mono tanks, combat planes, and battleships.
(one channel) Nishikado, however, was not satisfied
Cabinet Styles Upright with the enemy movements; tech-
Cocktail nical limitations made it difficult to
Mini
simulate flying. Humans would have
been easier to simulate, but Nishikado
considered shooting them immoral.
Space Invaders is an arcade video After the release of the anime Space
game created by Tomohiro Nishikado Battleship Yamato in Japan, and af-
and released in 1978. It was original- ter seeing a magazine feature about
ly manufactured and sold by Taito in Star Wars, he thought of using a space
Japan, and was later licensed for pro- theme. Nishikado drew inspiration
duction in the United States by the for the aliens from H. G. Wells’ The
Midway division of Bally. Space In- War of the Worlds and created initial
vaders is one of the earliest shooting bitmap images after the octopus-like
games and the aim is to defeat waves aliens. Other alien designs were mod-
of aliens with a laser cannon to earn as eled after squids and crabs. The game
many points as possible. was originally titled Space Monsters,
Space Invaders was created by Tomo- inspired by a popular song in Japan at
hiro Nishikado, who spent a year de- the time (“Monster”), but was changed
signing the game and developing the to Space Invaders by Nishikado’s su-
necessary hardware to produce it. The periors.
game’s inspiration is reported to have Space Invaders is a two-dimension-
come from varying sources, including al shooter game in which the player
an adaptation of the mechanical game controls a laser cannon by moving it
Space Monsters released by Taito in horizontally across the bottom of the
1972, and a dream about Japanese screen and firing at descending aliens.
school children who are waiting for The aim is to defeat five rows of eleven
Santa Claus and are attacked by in- aliens—some versions feature differ-
vading aliens. However, Nishikado ent numbers—that move horizontally
has cited Atari’s arcade game Brea- back and forth across the screen as
kout as his inspiration. He aimed to they advance toward the bottom of the
create a shooting game that featured screen. The player defeats an alien,
1978
105
and earns points, by shooting it with the Rather than design the game to compen-
laser cannon. As more aliens are defeated, sate for the speed increase, he decided to
the aliens’ movement and the game’s music keep it as a challenging gameplay mecha-
both speed up. Defeating the aliens brings nism.
another wave that is more difficult, a loop Space Invaders was first released
which can continue without end. in a cocktail-table format with black and
The aliens attempt to destroy the white graphics, while the Western release
cannon by firing at it while they approach by Midway was in an upright cabinet for-
the bottom of the screen. If they reach mat. The upright cabinet uses strips of or-
the bottom, the alien invasion is success- ange and green cellophane over the screen
ful and the game ends. A special “mystery to simulate color graphics. The graphics
ship” will occasionally move across the are reflected onto a painted backdrop of a
top of the screen and award bonus points moon against a starry background. Later
if destroyed. The laser cannon is partially Japanese releases used rainbow-colored
protected by several stationary defense cellophane, such as T.T. Space Invaders,
bunkers that are gradually destroyed by followed by a version with a full-color dis-
numerous blasts from the aliens or player. play. The cabinet artwork features large
A game will also end if the player’s last la- humanoid monsters not present in the
ser base is destroyed. game. Nishikado attributes this to the art-
Because microcomputers in Japan were ist basing the designs on the original title,
not powerful enough at the time to per- Space Monsters, rather than referring to
form the complex tasks involved in de- the in-game graphics.
signing and programming Space Invaders, Despite its simplicity, the music to Space
Nishikado had to design his own custom Invaders was revolutionary in the gam-
hardware and development tools for the ing industry. Videogame scholar Andrew
game. He created the arcade board us- Schartmann identifies three aspects of the
ing new microprocessors from the United music that would have a significant impact
States. The game uses an Intel 8080 cen- on the development of game music:
tral processing unit, features raster graph- • Whereas video game music prior to Space
ics on a CRT monitor and monaural sound Invaders was restricted to the extremi-
hosted by a combination of analog circuitry ties (i.e., a short introductory theme with
and a Texas Instruments SN76477 sound game-over counterpart), the alien-inspired
chip. Despite the specially developed hard- hit featured continuous music—the well-
ware, Nishikado was unable to program the known four-note loop—throughout, un-
game as he wanted—the Control Program interrupted by sound effects. “It was thus
board was not powerful enough to display the first time that sound effects and music
the graphics in color or move the enemies were superimposed to form a rich sonic
faster—and he considered the develop- landscape. Not only do players receive
ment of the hardware the most difficult feedback related directly to their actions
part of the whole process. While program- through sound effects; they also receive
ming the game, Nishikado discovered that stimulus in a more subtle, non-interactive
the processor was able to render the alien fashion through music.”
graphics faster the fewer were on screen.
1978
106
• The music interacts with on-screen animation to time it had grossed $2 billion in quarters (equiv-
influence the emotions of the player. “That seem- alent to $7.5 billion in 2018), with a net profit
ingly pedestrian four-note loop might stir us in of $450 million (equivalent to $1.69 billion in
the most primitive of ways, but that it stirs us 2018). This made it the best-selling video game
at all is worthy of note. By demonstrating that and highest-grossing entertainment product of its
game sound could be more than a simple tune to time, with comparisons made to the then highest-
fill the silence, Space Invaders moved video game grossing film Star Wars, which had grossed $486
music closer to the realm of art.” million in movie tickets (costing $2.25 each on
• The music popularized the notion of variabil- average) with a net profit of $175 million. Space
ity—the idea that music can change in accordance Invaders had earned Taito profits of over $500
with the ongoing narrative. The variable in Space million. The 1980 Atari 2600 version was the first
Invaders (tempo) is admittedly simple, but its im- official licensing of an arcade game and became
plications are not to be underestimated. “Over the the first “killer app” for video game consoles by
years, analogous strategies of variation would quadrupling the system’s sales. It sold over two
be applied to pitch, rhythm, dynamics, form, and million units in its first year on sale as a home
a host of other parameters, all with the goal of console game, making it the first title to sell a mil-
accommodating the nonlinear aspect of video lion cartridges. Other official ports of the game
games.” were made for the Atari 8-bit computer line and
At the deepest of conceptual levels, one Atari 5200 console. Taito released it for the NES
would be hard-pressed to find an arcade game Instruction Card in 1985 (Japan only). Numerous unofficial clones
as influential to the early history of video game were made as well, such as the popular compu-
music as Space Invaders. Its role as a harbinger ter games Super Invader (1979) and TI Invaders
of the fundamental techniques that would come (1981), which was the top-selling computer game
to shape the industry remains more or less un- for the TI-99/4A through at least 1982.
challenged. And its blockbuster success ensured An oft-quoted urban legend states that
the adoption of those innovations by the industry there was a shortage of 100-yen coins—and sub-
at large. sequent production increase—in Japan attrib-
— Andrew Schartmann, Maestro Mario: How uted to the game, although, in actuality, 100-yen
Nintendo Transformed Videogame Music into an coin production was lower in 1978 and 1979 than
Art, Thought Catalog (2013) in previous or subsequent years. The claim also
doesn’t hold up to logical scrutiny; arcade opera-
After the first few months following its release in Control Panel tors would have emptied out their machines and
Japan, the game became very popular. Specialty taken the money to the bank, thus keeping the
arcades opened with nothing but Space Invaders coins in circulation. Reports from those living in
cabinets, and by the end of 1978, Taito had in- Japan at the time indicate “nothing out of the or-
stalled over 100,000 machines and grossed over dinary ... during the height of the Space Invaders
$600 million in Japan alone. Within two years invasion.”
by 1980, Taito had sold over 300,000 Space In- Game designer Shigeru Miyamoto con-
vaders arcade machines in Japan, in addition to siders Space Invaders to be the game that revo-
60,000 machines in the United States, where lutionized the video game industry; he was never
prices ranged from $2000 to $3000 for each ma- interested in video games before seeing it. Hideo
chine, within one year. The arcade cabinets have Kojima also described it as the first video game
since become collector’s items with the cocktail that impressed him and got him interested in
and cabaret versions being the rarest. By mid- video games. John Romero and John Carmack
1981, more than four billion quarters, or $1 bil- cited Space Invaders as their introduction to video
lion, had been grossed from Space Invaders ma- games. Several publications ascribed the expan-
chines, and it would continue to gross an average sion of the video game industry from a novelty
of $600 million a year through to 1982, by which Bezel Image
1978
107
into a global industry to the success of the game. As one of the earliest shooting games, it set prece-
Edge magazine attributed the shift of video games dents and helped pave the way for future titles and
from bars and arcades to more mainstream loca- for the shooting genre. Space Invaders popular-
tions like restaurants and department stores to ized a more interactive style of gameplay with the
Space Invaders. Its popularity was such that it was enemies responding to the player controlled can-
the first game where an arcade machine’s owner non’s movement, and was the first video game to
could make up for the cost of the machine in under popularize the concept of achieving a high score,
one month, or in some places within one week. being the first to save the player’s score. While ear-
Technology journalist Jason Whittaker lier shooting games allowed the player to shoot at
credited the game’s success to ending the video targets, Space Invaders was the first in which tar-
game crash of 1977, which had earlier been caused gets could fire back at the player. It was also the
by Pong clones flooding the market, and beginning first game where players were given multiple lives,
the golden age of video arcade games. Accord- had to repel hordes of enemies, could take cover
ing to The Observer, the home console versions from enemy fire, and use destructible barriers, in
were popular and encouraged users to learn to addition to being the first game to use a continuous
program; many who later became industry lead- background soundtrack, with four simple diatonic
ers. 1UP.com stated that Space Invaders showed descending bass notes repeating in a loop, which
that video games could compete against the major was dynamic and changed pace during stages, like
entertainment media at the time: movies, music, a heartbeat sound that increases pace as enemies
and television. IGN attributed the launch of the approached.
arcade phenomenon in North America in part to It also moved the gaming industry away
Space Invaders. Electronic Games credited the from Pong-inspired sports games grounded in re-
game’s success as the impetus behind video gam- al-world situations towards action games involv-
ing becoming a rapidly growing hobby and as “the ing fantastical situations. Whittaker commented
single most popular coin-operated attraction that Space Invaders helped action games become
of all time.” Game Informer considered it, along the most dominant genre on both arcades and
with Pac-Man, one of the most popular arcade consoles, through to contemporary times. Space
games that tapped into popular culture and gener- Invaders set the template for the shoot ‘em up
ated excitement during the golden age of arcades. genre. Its worldwide success created a demand for
In 1996, Next Generation put it at number 97 in a wide variety of science fiction games, inspiring
their “Top 100 Games of All Time”, saying that it the development of arcade games, such as Atari’s
“provides an elegance and simplicity not found in Asteroids, Williams Electronics’ Defender, and
later games like Phoenix.” IGN listed it as one of Namco’s Galaxian and Galaga, which were mod-
the “Top 10 Most Influential Games” in 2007, cit- eled after Space Invaders’s gameplay and design.
ing the source of inspiration to video game design- This influence extends to most shooting games
ers and the impact it had on the shooting genre. released to the present day, including first-person
The Times ranked it No. 1 on its list of “The ten shooters such as Wolfenstein, Doom, Halo and
most influential video games ever” in 2007. 1UP Call of Duty. Space Invaders also had an influence
ranked it at No. 3 on its list of “The 60 Most Influ- on early computer dungeon crawl games such as
ential Games of All Time,” stating that, in contrast Dungeons of Daggorath, which used similar heart-
to earlier arcade games which “were attempts to beat sounds to indicate player health.
simulate already-existing things,” Space Invad- Space Invaders, along with Pac-Man and Pong,
ers was “the first video game as a video game, in- shares the notorious distinction of being one of
stead of merely a playable electronic representa- the most duplicated, bootleged and/or hacked ar-
tion of something else.” In 2008, Guinness World cade games.
Records listed it as the top-rated arcade game in
technical, creative, and cultural impact.
1978
108 excerpt from the UAI Cocktail flyer:
This is the original Invaders, one of the “hot-
test” games on the market today.
Available in a table top format with a 14”
monitor and sound effects. Comes complete
excerpt from the Taito flyer: with decorative formica top, which elimi-
nates the worry about glass tops, and a color-
Tatio America introduces
ed plastic overlay.
THE NEW SPACE INVADERS
TRIMLINE • One or two players
• U.S. quarter coin chute
... the world’s most popular game
• All instructions in English
in the most compact cabinet!
• Adjustable leg height
‘Reach new profit heights!
‘Enter a galaxy of new locations!
It’s maximum fun and profit per
square foot! It’s the go-anywhere,
played-everywhere video from
Tatio.
Height: 138c/m (54”)
Width: 51 c/m (20”)
Depth: 61 c/m (24”)
Floor Space Required:
.31 sq.m (3.3 sq ft.)
excerpt from the Midway Cocktail flyer:

IN COCKTAIL TABLE MODEL
Now you can invade new markets and widen your
horizons with this smartly styled, compact “sit-
down” video game. A great ‘door opener’ that fits
beautifully in lounges, clubs... anywhere - to give
you more money-making locations. The game’s
the same... a proven winner with all the action and
excitement of the original upright arcade model.
For 1 or 2 players using a 19” monitor flip-flop
screen. Take advantage of added profit opportu-
nities with this high income producer and its ex-
panded appeal.
DIMENSIONS:
Height: 29” (73.63 cm)
Depth: 32” (81.25 cn)
Width: 22” (55.86 cm)
1978
109
excerpt from the Midway upright flyer:

The electrifying new one or two player game in
which the player match their skill and wits in
defense of the planet Earth, against waves of
attacking invaders from outer space.
The player must strategically position, then fire
this laser missile launcher attempting to knock
out the ever-attacking invaders before they can
drop missiles destroying the defender’s pro-
ductive bunkers and missile launcher.
Cabinet size: Height 68” (162.6 CM)
Width 26 1/2” (67.3 CM)
Depth 32” (86.4 CM)
Weight: 260 lbs. (117 k)
1978
110 The Invaders Space Invaders
Manufacturer Zaccaria Manufacturer Logitec
Release 1978 Release 1978
Class Bootleg Class Bootleg
Genre Space Genre Space
Mode 2 Players Mode 2 Players
Gameplay Alternating Gameplay Alternating
Panel Layout Single Player Panel Layout Single Player
Controls Controls
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) Joystick: 2-way (left, right)
Buttons: 1 [Fire] Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Monitor Monitor
Orientation: Vertical Orientation: Vertical
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
CRT: Black and White CRT: Color
with a Color Overlay Sound Amplified Mono
(one channel) Cabinet Styles Upright
Cabinet Styles Upright Cocktail
Logitec Co., ltd. was one of the sub-company

of Taito. During the famous ‘Invader Boom’,
Logitec made their own version. But Logitec
doesn’t have copyright. Then, Logitec and
Taito relation was end. Logitec developed
‘Pro-Golf’, but this video game was a flop
(mainly because Data East produced a game
with the same name). So, Logitec became a
Hard Disk manufacturer and Hard Disk re-
The Invaders, released in 1978 by
cover Company.
Zaccaria is a copy of Taitos very
successful ‘Space Invaders’. This bootleg of “Space Invaders” has a color
monitor. While most of the screen remains
The gameplay is very similiar in
B&W, the green is actually generated by the
nature to the original. For a start,
PCB and although it looks very much like an
its a one play affair as is the origi-
overlay it’s not. At the time, this pirated PCB,
nal. Players have a little tank, and
because of it’s design and minimal memory
have to shoot up at rows and rows
room on the PCB, was very complex. It used
of descening invaders.
an old 8080 processor which unlike the Z80
The extent of the copy isn’t con- processor, it had its limitations. When this
strained to just the game. The cab- game was first designed it was originally go-
inet itself, resplendent with ma- ing to be released as a B&W game and not
rauding space monsters, is itself color. The green is done by taking a segment
similar to the cabinet hosting the out of the video processing area of the PCB
original. and pulling it down with a bipolar prom to
One of the main differences be- generate the affect. There are actually 2 video
tween Zaccaria Invaders and Tai- lines on this pcb - 1 for B&W and the other for
to’s Space Invaders is that there is sync and color.
a bit of colour added to the game. This bootleg version is also available in a cock-
Whereas the original has just a tail model, known by the same title as the original
black background, The Invaders Taito Corp. Japan cocktail model (complete with
has a backdrop consisting of a sky “T.T” prefix).
and a barren moon. “games-db.com”
“retrogamesparty.co.uk”
1978
111
Space King
Manufacturer Konami
excerpt from the Instruction Card: Release 1978
INVADER GAME Class Wide Release
a real thriller to play - how high can you score? Genre Space
Mode 2 Players
HOW TO PLAY: Gameplay Alternating
Either 1 or 2 people can play. For 2 players - sit Panel Layout Single Player
on opposite sides. Controls
25c - one player Joystick: 2-way (left, right)
50c - two players Buttons: 1 [Fire]
1. Insert coin(s) Monitor
2. Select either 1 player or 2 player yellow button.
3. For 2 players, when one cannon is destroyed
CRT: Color
it becomes the other players turn. Sound Amplified Mono
Alien Invasion Part II 4. Red button fires rocket from cannon.
5. Black handled lever moves cannon left and
(one channel)
Manufacturer (unknown) right for avoiding invaders fire and aiming the
Release 1978 cannons rocket fire.
Class Bootleg 6. Hitting the UFO that appears across the top
Genre Space of screen from time to time scores a “Mystery”
Hardware Midway 8080 amount of points.
Mode 2 Players 7. A score of more that points gives you one ad-
Gameplay Alternating ditional cannon.
Panel Layout Single Player 8. Game ends when all of your cannons have
Controls
been destroyed or the invaders have taken over
your territory.
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Alien Invasion Part II Description

is a bootleg of Space Invaders. Not
much is known about this version.
Konami’s first foray in the arcade gaming market consist of

a Space Invaders clone, using identical graphics. This was
published under the name Leijac.
Space King is the same as Space Invaders, only the graphics
have more detail and the labels at the top of the screen for
player one, player two and the high score are written using
Japanese katakana.
1978
112 Space Stranger
Manufacturer Yachiyo Electronics
Release 1978-1979
Class Bootleg
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Cocktail
Space Stranger is a rare Bootleg of Space

Invaders.
note: I am not sure if there is a difference
between Space Stranger and Super Space
Stranger, or if it’s just a name change.
Super Space Stranger

1978
113
Space Wipeout
Manufacturer Taito
Space War Release 1978
Genre Shooter
Manufacturer Sanritsu
Release 1978
Space Wipeout is a clone of
Class Wide Release
Space Invaders. The game
Genre Shooter
selfdescribes itself on the at-
Mode 2 Players tract screen as the “Most Ex-
Gameplay Alternating citing Version”. This text re-
Panel Layout Single Player places Score Advance Table
Controls in the original. A credit line at
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) the bottom of the screen states
Buttons: 1 [Fire] Beyer and Brown. Game play
Monitor matches the original.
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution “arcade-museum.com”
CRT: Color
(one channel)
This game is a Space Invaders Super Invader Attack

copy, except it is much faster.
The tank’s movements are Manufacturer Zaccaria/Zelco
rough and a precise-position- Release 1978
ing may be hard to achieve. Class Wide Release
Genre
Space War Part Three The aliens’ shots travel
faster and running from them Mode
Shooter
2 Players
may be very difficult. In many Gameplay Alternating
Manufacturer “Unknown”
cases, a good technique is to Panel Layout Single Player
Release 1978
Controls
Class Bootleg stand still, letting the shot
Genre Shooter reach the vertical position, Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Hardware Midway 8080 and then shoot at it. By run- Monitor
Mode 2 Players ning away, the shot may de- Orientation: Vertical
Gameplay Alternating stroy the tank with a lateral Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Panel Layout Single Player hit, even if players are hiding CRT: Black and White
Controls
behind a block. with a Color Overlay
Apparently, bonus-ships Sound Amplified Mono
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
always move from the left to (one channel)
Monitor
Orientation: Vertical the right side of the screen
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution and are worth 50-150 points.
CRT: Color Completing the first wave may
Sound Amplified Mono be a challenge even for skilled
(one channel) Space Invaders players. The
second wave has no substan-
cial differences; the aliens be-
gin moving from a lower rank
and at a faster pace.
1978
114
Super Invaders
Super Invaders
Manufacturer EMAG Corporation
Manufacturer “Unknown” Release 1978
Release 1978 Class Bootleg
Class Bootleg Genre Shooter
Genre Shooter Hardware Midway 8080
Hardware Midway 8080 Mode 2 Players
Mode 1 Player Gameplay Alternating
Gameplay Single Panel Layout Single Player
Panel Layout Single Player Controls
Controls Joystick: 2-way (left, right)
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Buttons: 1 [Fire] Monitor
Monitor Orientation: Vertical
Orientation: Vertical Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution CRT: Color
CRT: Color Sound Amplified Mono
(one channel) Cabinet Styles Upright
This unknown 1 player version

of Super Invaders is a bootleg of
Space Invaders. Super Invaders
Manufacturer Zenitone-Microsec Ltd.
Release 1978
Class Bootleg
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Upright (?)
Cocktail
1978
116
Space Ship
Space Ship is a vector-based arcade game released by Sega in 1978.
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1978 It is a reworked version of Space Wars, a 1977 arcade game by Cine-
Genre Space matronics, which is in turn based on the iconic computer game Space-
Hardware Discrete logic war!. Space Ship was released exclusively to a Japanese audience -
Mode 2 Players simultaneous other markets saw Cinematronic’s original game.
Gameplay Competitive Sega’s version of the game is almost identical to Space Wars, however
Panel Layout Multiple Player has slightly different dipswitch settings, giving the player more time
Monitor to play the game.
Orientation: Either “segaretro.org”
Type: Vector
(one channel)
Cocktail
Star Rub
Star Rub is a ball and pad- Release 1978
dle game where points are Genre Ball and paddle
scored for erasing stars on Mode 2 Players
the screen. Gameplay Alternating
excerpt from the flyer: Monitor
Vanishing Stars Lure You To A Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Space Adventure CRT: Black and White
“Star-Rub” is a new, competitive game Sound Amplified Mono
in which points are scored by erasing (one channel)
the 196 stars on the screen Cabinet Styles Cocktail
• Select one- or two- player action.

• Push the start button, and the balls
will be put in play.
• Receive the balls with the paddle.
• Wipe out as many stars as you can.
1978
117
Space Walk
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Space
Controls
Rotary: Analog
Space Walk is an arcade game that was re- Buttons: 1 [Thrust]
leased by Midway Games in 1978; it utilizes Monitor
an Intel 8080 microprocessor (running at: Orientation: Horizontal
1.9968 MHz), and both players must use two Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
rotary controllers to direct a hovering plat- CRT: Black and White
forms across the screen (on the left side of Sound Amplified Mono
the screen, 1P’s is higher than 2P’s, and vice (one channel)
versa on that right side). At the start of the Cabinet Styles Upright
game a spaceman will walk into view from the
side of the screen, and then jump down onto
a platform - and, if there are not any other
spacemen upon the platform when he lands,
he will get into a rocket, then fly up to the top
of the screen, but players will have three sec-
onds to position it, before it launches (and
they can use this to hit the topmost targets).
Once he reaches the top of the screen, the
spaceman will get back out of the rocket; if
there is a spaceman on one side of the plat-
form, the game will continue (in a manner
like that of Midway’s own Clowns), until the
other player (or the CPU if only one person
is playing) catches the jumping spaceman,
which will trigger another rocket launch), or
both players miss him (and he falls off the
bottom of the screen).

a challenging one or two player game in
which one player plays against the computer,
while two players can compete to gain con-
trol of the game, for the highest score.
Size:
Height 74 in. (188 cm)
Width 32 in. (81 cm)
Depth 33 1/2 in. (86 cm)
1978
118
Speed Freak
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Racing
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Controls
Steering: Wheel
Pedals: 1
Monitor Space Wars). Speed Freak was Larry’s first
Orientation: Horizontal game for Vectorbeam, which he later sold to
Type: Vector Cinematronics.
CRT: Black and White The sideart consists of one sticker on each
Sound Amplified Mono side, displaying the name of the game on one
(one channel) side of a road and a speeding red car, from a
Cabinet Styles Upright topdown perspective, on the other side. The
marquee is metal and opaque, displaying the
name in the same lettering as the side with
Speed Freak is a monochrome vector arcade no bulb fixture or lighting of any kind behind
game created by Vectorbeam in 1979. Along it. The monitor bezel does not contain any
with Atari’s Night Driver, it is one of the ear- artwork. The control panel is black except
liest first-person driving games and the first for a yellow and red stripe curving around
such game known to use vector graphics. the wheel and shifter.
The game is a behind-the-wheel driving
simulation where the driver speeds down a excerpt from the flyer:
winding computer generated road past other
Challenge the ever turning road with your
cars, hitchikers, trees, cows and cacti. Occa-
greatest speed. But be careful, you’re not
sionally a plane will fly overhead towards the
alone on the road. A true three-dimensional
screen. One must avoid crashing into these
car is constantly coming at you. Crashing
objects and complete the race in the allot-
into this car causes a spectacular three-di-
ted time. The player can crash as many times
mensional crash in which you see true actual
as he wants before the time runs out and
parts of the car exploding and spinning off
players were treated to two different crash
into the distance. Stay on the road or you
animations. The first was a simple cracked
can also crash, which brings up a cracked
windshield effect, the second was a crash
windshield. All crashes stop game play with
where the car explodes into car parts that fly
no loss of time, although the driver must get
through the air.
back up to speed by shifting through the four
This driving game is very intense. The per- gears.
spective is somewhat overhead and behind All this plus a four-speed gear shift,
the hood of the car. In fourth gear players are realistic scenery, hitchhikers and various
moving extremely fast and control is difficult, other objects enhance the game. Add to that,
making for exciting and hectic manuevers. extended play feature, selectable coinage
The oncoming traffic is always the same car and the ever popular Vector Monitor you
composed of 3-dimensional “wireframe” have the greatest single player upright driv-
vector graphics. ing game ever built.
Speed Freak was done by Larry Rosenthal, Available now through your nearest
(who had designed the original board and Vector Beam distributor.
1978
119
Sprint One
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Racing
Board pin Sprint One Pinout
Mode 1 Players
Gameplay Single
Controls
Steering: Wheel
Pedals: 1 [Accelerate]
Monitor
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Upright The sleek wood grain adds even
more to the location versatility of this
popular attraction.
Sprint 1 is a racing arcade game, devel- 12 games in one.
oped by Kee Games for Atari in 1978; it The player sprints the clock around as
utilizes a Motorola M6502 (running at many tracks as possible with 2 computer
756 KHz), and, as the name suggests, it “drone” cars as constant traffic compan-
is the fourth title in their Sprint series. ions adding to the skill required. Hitting
The gameplay is identical to that of the “drone” cars causes temporary loss of
first title in the series, Sprint 2, which control and game time.
was released two years earlier, only with There are 12 different tracks that
the removal of the second-player capa- change automatically. Operators can
bility - and the tracks shall also advance program the game to change tracks after
automatically once the player has com- one lap or after every 2 laps.
pleted a full lap of the current one. Eve- Realistic acceleration, quick re-
rything else is the same. sponse steering, 4 speed shifting, “drift-
The game is housed in a black cabinet ing” on corners and optional oil slicks
with no art on the sides or front. Mini- add to the fast-paced driving action.
mal artwork surrounds the steering More realistic sound - the roar of
wheel and shifter. engines, the screeching of tires around
“strategywiki.org” turns and over oil slicks put the player in
the action,
Exclusive operator options.
Sprint 1™ is the exciting new 1 player Extended play. An extra ride can be
version of the top earning Sprint 2™ awarded after a pre-selected score is
with new features and options added for reached by the driver. “Extended Play”
extra challenge, and extra replay. also flashes on the screen with a numeric
A new compact design along with count-down in seconds.
the same spectacular action play fea-
tures means Sprint 1 can now generate Oil slicks. You can have Sprint 1 with or
the same high collections as Sprint 2 in without oil slicks to add more challenge.
locations with less available floor space.
1978
120
Super Breakout
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Breakout
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Rotary: Analog
Buttons: 1 [Launch Ball]
Monitor
(one channel)
Super Breakout utilizes a Motorola

M6502 (running up at 375 KHz),
and, as the name suggests, it is the
sequel to Breakout, which was re-
leased two years earlier. There are
three different modes to choose appear at the top of the screen and
from: Double Breakout, the playfield be lowered down towards the paddle
for which contains in fifty-two or- at an increasing rate. This is also the
ange blocks (5-14 points), fifty-two only mode for which it’s possible for
green blocks (1-6 points), two pad- a player to receive an infinite amount
dles and two balls, Cavity Breakout, of points by playing, but the score
which contains in forty-four orange display shall roll over at 10000.
blocks (7-21 points), and fifty-two “strategywiki.org”
green blocks (1-9 points), one pad-

The cabinet artwork has an artist’s
dle, and three balls (the second and
rendering of bricks with an electrical
third of which have to be freed be-
bolt and explosion hitting an area.
fore they come into play) and Pro-
The same artwork appears on the
gressive Breakout which contains
marquee.
fifty-two blue blocks (7 points) and
fifty-two green blocks (5 points), one Super Breakout is featured in a
paddle, and one ball - and the blocks number of different Atari compila-
shall be lowered down towards the tion packs due to the relative ease of
paddle, at a rate determined by the emulating its CPU-based hardware
number of times the ball lands on compared to the original game’s de-
the paddle, but as the ball destroys sign.
them, additional rows of blocks shall
1978
121
Super Breakout is
three games in one.
Super Breakout features
three new “break-
out” games. Each is
player-selectable and
each requires even more
skill. New variety and
skill challenges repre-
sent unlimited replay at-
traction.
Double Breakout™
Play: Two balls are served to 2 paddles. Each
bricks knocked out counts double as long as 2
balls are in play.
Progressive Break-
out™
Play: Progressive
Breakout starts with
2 “walls” of 4 rows of
bricks that “fall” or
scroll continuously
from the top of the
monitor. New rows of
bricks will be entered
from the top to form a
pattern of 4 rows of blanks. This permits players
to break through may times during play. As game
progresses, the bricks “fall” faster and faster.
Cavity Breakout™
P l a y : Two extra balls
are “captured” in a cav-
ity within the wall of
bricks. These captured
balls do not knock out
bricks untill they are
freed from their cavities.
This allows up to 3 balls
at once. Each bricks will
count double when 2
balls are in play and tri-
ple when 3 balls are in
play.
1978 Super Break
122
Super Block Manufacturer Nihon Bussan/AV Japan
Release 1978
Manufacturer Taito Class Wide Release
Release 1978 Genre Breakout
Class Wide Release Mode 2 Players
Genre Breakout Gameplay Alternating
Mode 2 Players Panel Layout Single Player
Panel Layout Single Player Orientation: Vertical
Monitor Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Orientation: Vertical CRT: Color
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Sound Amplified Mono
CRT: xxx (one channel)
Sound Amplified Mono Cabinet Styles Cocktail
(one channel)
Super Block is a ball and paddle

game from Taito. The game is a
version of Super Breakout.
Super Break is probably a

clone of Atari’s Breakout or
Super Breakout.
Super Break 2
Manufacturer Nihon Bussan/AV Japan It’s possible this may not actually be
Release 1978 a clone of Breakout but a CPU-based
Class Wide Release Breakout sequel such as Super Break-
Genre Breakout out due to its age and inclusion in the
Mode 2 Players Table 2 in 1 games.
Panel Layout Single Player “mamedev.emulab.it”
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
1978
123
Super Speed Race V
Top Runner
Manufacturer Taito
Manufacturer Sega Release 1978
Release 1978 Class Wide Release
Genre Racing Genre Racing
Hardware Discrete logic Mode 1 Player
Mode 1 Player Gameplay Single
Gameplay Single Panel Layout Single Player
Panel Layout Single Player Monitor
Monitor Orientation: Vertical
Orientation: Vertical Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution CRT: Color
CRT: Color Sound Amplified Mono
(one channel) Super Speed Race V is a racing Cabinet Styles Deluxe
Cabinet Styles Upright game developed by Taito for the
arcade platform, and distributed
by Midway in North America. It is
a sequel to the arcade games Speed
Race (1974) and Speed Race Twin
(1976). Super Speed Race is one
of the first video games to feature
RGB colour graphics.
Players use the cabinet’s steering
wheel to navigate the car around
the track. The game utilizes a sin-
gle gas pedal to make the car ac-
celerate.
“giantbomb.com”
1978 Super Road Champions
124
Release 1978
Genre Racing
Monitor
(one channel)
Derived from Road Champions. There are

no known versions of Super Road Cham-
pions manufactured by Taito or any other
company, then could be an ehnancement
designed directly by Model Racing.
It seems to have a color monitor (while Road
Champions’s one was monochromatic).
The normal version allowing up to two play-
ers, but there was also a compact version for
one player (Super Champions Road 1). No
CPU, 2 ROMs (yet dumped).
“tilt.it”

• An exhilarating speed race for 1 or 2 players.
• A real Formula 1 race start-off.
• Skidding on the bends and on wet roads.
• The correct use of gears increases the speed.
• 400 KM 1st. ext. play. - 800 KM 2nd. ext.
play.
• Realistic sound effects:
2 different motor sounds.
Skidding tyres on bends and wet tarmac.
Fanfare at 1st and 2nd ext. play.
OPTIONAL
Variations on Standard Tracks:
- more or fewer bends.
- narrow or wide roads.
- more or fewer overtaking cars.
- adjustable time.
1978
Top Bowler 125
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Sports
Mode 2 Players
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Cocktail
Top Bowler is a bowling game

from Taito.
T.T Top Bowler
Players use a rotary control and move a

trampoline along the bottom of the screen,
bouncing the game’s character up and down Trampoline
to collect stars and reach the trapezes to Manufacturer Taito
score points. Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Breakout
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Rotary: Analog
Buttons: 1 [Jump]
Monitor
(one channel)
Cocktail
1978
126 Tournament Table
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Sports
Controls
Rotary: Analog with
push-down button
Monitor
(one channel)
Tournament Table is a com- III also have them control-

pilation arcade game; it runs ling a trio of paddles (but to
upon its own dedicated hard- try and bounce the ball into
ware (a Motorola M6502 run- the square brackets on the left
ning up at 1.193191 MHz, with and right sides of the screen,
a TIA for sound). The players and III is for up to two players
use a rotary controller with only); Quadrapong is just like
a push-down button to play Soccer II but with a hole on all
one of twelve games: Break- four sides of the screen, Hand-
out, Soccer I/II, Foozpong, ball has the players trying to
Hockey I/II/III, Quadrapong, intercept the ball when it is
Handball, Volleyball, and Bas- their turn and having to stay
ketball I/II - and Breakout is out of the way when they are
the same as the original but not “up” to return it, Volley-
Soccer I and II have their play- ball has them trying to bounce
ers controlling either a pair of the ball over four white blocks
paddles or a single one, white and back again without let-
for 1P, black for 2P, white- ting it land, and Basketball
and-gray-striped for 3P and I and II have them trying to
black-and-gray-striped for 4P, bounce the ball into the two
to try and bounce a ball into blocks at the top of the screen.
the two holes on either side The game was later converted
of the screen. Foozpong is a to the then-new Atari 2600
cross between foosball and under the name of Video Ol-
Pong, and has the players con- ympics - and it was one of the
trolling a trio of paddles, to try nine titles launched with the
and bounce the ball into the system.
holes while Hockey I, II and “strategywiki.org”
1978
127

Tournament Table™ is a collection
of 12 paddle games contained in Atari’s
cocktail table cabinet. A 19-inch black-
and-white TV monitor is mounted in the
center of the cabinet and is tilted slightly
forward from a horizontal position. The
TV monitor is surrounded by a Plexiglas®
control panel on top of the game cabinet.
The control panel includes:
• Four sets of player controls
• ONE-PLAYER START button (LED switch)
• TWO-PLAYER START button (LED switch)
• FOUR-PLAYER START button (LED switch)
• GAME SELECT button (LED switch)
The GAME SELECT button is functional
at all times except during game play. The
start buttons can be activated after the
proper amount of coins have cleared the
coin acceptor. Each set of player controls
• WHAMMY: Puts sharp an-
consist of an OPTION CONTROL button
gles on the ball when the OP-
LED switch), and a potentiometer. The
TION CONTROL button is
potentiometer controls the vertical or hor-
pressed and held down. If the
izontal movement paddle. The OPTION
button is released immedi-
CONTROL button is used to control one of
ately it appears to distort the
the three ball/paddle features (except in
direction and speed in which
Breakout where it function as a ball serve
the ball is traveling. Has no ef-
control).
fect when the ball is traveling
Tournament Table offers three op- in a direct horizontal line
tions/features, each one designated for a across the screen.
specific games. The three option/features
• CATCH: Causes the ball
are:
to stick to the paddle when
the OPTION CONTROL is
pressed and held down. Players can use OPTION CONTROL button is pressed
this feature to aim a hit, pass to a team and held down. The paddle will return to
paddle, or plan strategy. When the button its home position when the button is re-
is released the ball will release. The angle leased. The paddle must be jumped be-
at which the ball leaves the paddle de- fore the ball passes through the playfield
pends on which section of the paddle the center or the ball will travel through the
ball is caught. It is possible to “scrape” the paddle instead of bouncing off the paddle.
ball off the paddle by moving the paddle All of the games (except Breakout, Soccer
through the edge of the playfield and back. II and Hockey III) have a two- or four-
• JUMP: This feature causes the paddle player version. The object in all games is
to jump vertically from the bottom of the to obtain the highest score when the game
playfield to the playfield center when the ends.
1978
128

Breakout Foozpong
12 Games in 1 Soccer II: 4 player soccer game
Tournament Table is a 12 game with “catch” feature. Each player con-
sports extravaganza that will keep pa- trols 1 paddle.
trons entertained for hours - and com- Foozpong™: A video version
ing back for more! of foosball for 2 or 4 players with the
Players can “program” any of the “catch” feature to add to the realism.
12 games they want to play. Every time Hockey I: 2 or 4 player hockey-
the “Game Select” button is pressed, type game with a “whammy” feature
each of the 12 games appears sequen- and 1 paddle per player.
tially on the monitor along with the Hockey II: The hockey game
name of the game for easy identification with a “catch” feature built-in for 2 or
and selection. Games names are also 4 players. Each player has a column of
Hockey III Hockey II
printed on the bezel around the moni- paddles.
tor so players can find the desired game Hockey III: A 2 player version
quickly. Pressing one of the “Start” but- of hockey with “catch” option and 3
tons begins the action. paddles per player.
More Games. More Fun. Quadrapong™: A new 2 or 4
More Profits! player version of the exciting four-sided
The action is challenging and Pong game with two goals per player.
competitive. Three different play op- Handball: 2 or 4 players com-
tions on specific games add to the va- pete on this realistic video handball
riety. There is the “catch” option which game with the “whammy” feature op-
holds the ball on the paddle, the “wham- tion to add to the challenge.
my” option which makes the ball go fast- Volleyball: 2 or 4 players com-
pete in teams to get the ball over the Handball Soccer I
er, and the “jump” option which makes
the paddles jump. Games include: center net with paddles that move hori-
Breakout™: 1 or 2 players on zontally on the screen. “Jump” feature is
the popular, profitable Breakout game included.
with a new black and white checker- Basketball I: 2 or 4 player bas-
board brick design. ketball game with a “jump” feature can
Soccer I: 2 or 4 players compete be played in teams or as individuals.
to hit the goal whit the “whammy” fea- Basketball II: 2 or 4 player bas-
ture included. Each player has 2 paddles. ketball game with a “catch” feature.
Basketball I and II Volleyball Hockey I Quadrapong Soccer II

1978
Wild Wood Variety 129
Manufacturer US Billiards
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1978
Release 1978
Genre Breakout
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Monitor excerpt from the flyer:
• 1, 2, 3 or 4 Players
• Free Game
with a Color Overlay • 19” Motorolla Monitor
Sound Amplified Mono • Electrical Counter
(one channel) • Isolated Cash Box
Cabinet Styles Upright • Slip-Clutch Potentiometers
• Attractive All Mica Cabinet
• Durable Construction
• Hinged, Locked Top Opens for Service
Wall Block
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Mode 2 Players
Monitor Wolf Pack
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Manufacturer Atari
CRT: Color Release 1978
Sound Amplified Mono Class Prototype
(one channel) Monitor
Seen described as “tabletop form- CRT: Black and White
factor block game machine”. Cabinet Styles Upright
1978 Ultra Tank
130
Release 1978
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Board pin Ultra Tank Pinout
Controls
with button [Fire]
Monitor
19-inch Wells-Gardner
(one channel)
Ultra Tank is the final game in er appeal. A 19-inch black-and-

Atari’s Tank series, which would white TV monitor is mounted in
soon be eclipsed by the 1980 game the top front of the cabinet, with
Battlezone. It’s also the last game the viewing screen tilted slightly
Atari released under the “Kee from a vertical position.
Games” facade. A player control panel is
Two tanks face off in a maze of mounted directly below the TV
blocks. Besides dodging the bul- monitor viewing screen on the
lets shot by the opponent, play- front of the game cabinet. The
ers must also avoid running into controls consist of two sets of le-
mines. After the game timer ex- vers or joysticks, with a pushbut-
pires, the player with the highest ton switch mounted on top of the
score wins. right joystick of each set. The con-
trol panel also includes a START
The game is similiar to Tank ex-
button for each player, and three
cept the battlefields can be open
option toggle switches for one or
or have mines and barriers and
both players to select from.
the tanks can be visible or invisi-
The player’s objective is to
ble depending on how the options
shoot the opponent’s tank while
are selected.
maneuvering his or her own tank
to avoid oncoming shells. Players
also have to contend with barri-
Ultra Tank® is a one- or ers, mines, and boundaries, which
two-player tank battle game de- are stationary. A hit made on an
veloped by Kee Games. The game opponent’s tank adds one point to
is contained in an upright cabinet a player’s score. If a player’s tank
which is illustrated with brightly runs into a mine, one point is add-
colored graphics to enhance played to the opponent’s score.
1978
131
THE ULTIMATE TANK GAME. U l t r a fully independent left and right track con-
Tank brings more new play strategy op- the element of danger to the game play. trols for easyturning, forward and back-
tions and a new one-player version to the 3. “Rebounding” or “Guided” shells ward movement. Shells are fired using a
all-time favourite Tank™ game. Players can choose to fire shells that will simple fire button on the control handle.
New Options Make Ultra Tank Eight ricochet against barriers and walls, or New Profit Options.
Games in One! shells that can be guided with the player Game Time is operator adjustable to 60,
Players choose the game they play. Three controls to chase the opponent. 90, 1210, or 150 seconds.
player-select switches offer almost unlim- Unlimited Replay. Coin Modes: 1 coin per player, 1 coin for
ited variations - AND the options can be Different combinations of these options 2 players, 2 coins per player, or free play
changed during the game. give you eight unique games for more for display and demonstration.
1. “Visible” or “Invisible” tanks player competition. Players can choose Extended Play can be awarded deter-
The new strategy of camouflage can be any of the options to play with exactly the mined by operator-selectable high score
added by selecting “Invisible Tanks,” action features they prefer - makes each levels.
where the tanks are seen only when the Ultra Tank game a new game every time Built to Take It.
shells are fired. Or players can choose to it’s played. Rugged construction, Durastress™
play with the tanks always visible. One or Two Players - New “Robot” tested solid-state circuitry means long-
2. “Open Battlefield” or Tank Feature! term reliability.
“Barriers & Mines” New Ultra Tank offers an all new one- And Atari’s built-in self-test diagn-
Players can select an open battle-field player game against the computer for ostic system with easy access switch means
where fast manoeuvring of the tanks to extra profit opportunities, as well as the quick, easy troubleshooting.
avoid being hit is a major part of the ac- exciting two-player version.
Ultra Tank, Ultra Profits.
tion. More Realism, More Challenge!
Make the player’s choice your
Or the challenge of barriers and New Ultra Tank features larger tanks and
choice. Get the data now from your Atari
mines can be selected to add obstacles and greater tank manoeuvrability. There are
distributor.
1978
132
Video Pinball
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978 Atari Video Pinball was the first simulation
Class Wide Release of pinball on a video screen. Video Pinball
Genre Pinball uses the 6502 CPU and the program is stored
Board pin Video Pinball Pinout
on proms rather than eproms. The game
Mode 4 Players
consists of a miniature raised foam playfield
Panel Layout Single Player mounted to the roof of the cabinet complete
Controls with a few dozen flashing red LED lamps.
Buttons: 2 [Left FlipperRight Flipper] The bottom half of the cabinet features a
Pinball Plunger 23” monitor with the tube pointed upward.
Other : [Pushing down on the control Sandwiched in between is a smoked two-way
panel simulates a nudge effect on mirror. Behind that, a black light to illumi-
screen] nate the playfield. The image from the play-
Monitor field is then reflected into the mirror while
Orientation: Vertical the monitor’s image of a moving ball and
drop targets shine through, creating the illu-
Image is reflected into a mirror
sion of playing a live action pinball machine.
Sound Amplified Mono The control panel consists of a plunger with
(one channel) an optic board attached, flipper buttons
Cabinet Styles Upright on each side and a spring loaded pressure
switch for a nudge effect. It really does come
about as close to pinball as you can get with-
out actually using parts like coils, solenoids
or even a ball for that matter. Being from
1978, it has the standard sounds, pop bump-
ers, drop targets, rollovers, special lanes and
so on, all with a disco style theme. The play-
field even features disco dancers.
Since the arcade version of Video Pinball,
there have been tens, if not hundreds, of
translations of pinball to the video realm.
Some version of pinball has been released
for just about every home system since the
1970s.
Atari released an “official”home ver-
sion of Video Pinball for the Atari 2600 in
1980. It lacks just about everything that
makes the arcade version fun. The horizon-
tal aspect ratio of the screen and the anti-
gravity movement of the ball makes this a
boring and unrealistic pinball game.
“outerworldarcade.com”
“keithsarcade.com”
1978
133
The excitement of pinball, the popular-

ity of video... an irresistible new action
combination.
Video Pinball™ is another Atari first!
Now you can swing to a new profit beat. It’s the
world’s first video game to simulate the action
and color of pinball... in a compact cabinet size
designed to locate virtually anywhere.
Video Pinball combines a three-dimen-
sional “Disco” PLAYFIELD, with video BALL,
FLIPPERS, and DROP TARGETS. Video play
action also features SLING SHOTS, THUMP-
ERS and ROLLOVERS.
The result is a totally new visual expe-
rience... and an exciting new game play chal-
lenge.
New excitement for 1 to 4 players.
Through the magic of mirrors, video images of
the ball, flippers and drop targets are superim-
posed on an actual 3-dimensional blacklight
playfield. Play begins with a pull of the plunger.
From then on it’s exciting pinball all the way...
2 sets of flippers, high scoring objectives, fast
ball action, a playfield challenge that demands
replay!
Realistic scoring rewards.
“Extra Ball”, “Specials”, “Extra Games”, “Bo-
nuses” can be achieved as in a regular pingame.
LEDs light the way.
Colorful LED lights flash on the playfield dra-
matically illuminating various score objectives
as they are accomplished.
Special “Nudge” feature.
Players can “nudge” the ball by pushing down
on the control panel adding the realistic “feel”
of pinball action.
Bult-in Self-Test System.
Atari’s unique self-test program displays all
micro-processor functions for on-the-spot
trouble-shooting.
1979
134
4 Player Bowling Alley The game features an overhead view of a bowling lane. Play-
ers can select either flash or regulation bowling and also
Manufacturer Midway choose between either straight or hook shots. The game dis-
Release 1979 plays “Beer Frame” on the fifth and tenth frames. Players use
Class Wide Release a trackball to roll a bowling ball towards 10 pins in the hopes
Genre Sports of knocking over as many as they can.
Mode 4 Players
The cocktail version is oval shaped to accomodate a vertical-
ly oriented monitor and the long bowling alley. It is labeled
Monitor simply “Bowling Alley” and has a copyright date of 1979.
Orientation: Vertical Trackballs are mounted on boths ends of the machine.
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution “arcade-museum.com”
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Cocktail
excerpt from the excerpt from the

Cocktail flyer: Upright flyer:
Striking design and com- Strike it rich with this su-
pact size that opens the doors per attraction that features a
to more locations. The “sit- choice of two play fields on a
down” game with a 19” moni- big 23” monitor screen. Real-
tor flip-flop screen has all istic sound and pin action add
the fun, skill and excitement to the excitement enjoyed by
features of Midway’s upright 1 to 4 players throughout the
arcade model. 10 frame game period.
DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS:
Height: 29” (75.63 cm) Height: 72 1/2” (184 cm)
Depth: 32” (81.25 cm) Depth: 28 1/2” (72 cm)
Width: 22” (55.86 cm) Width: 38 1/2” (97 cm)
1979
Astro Battle 135
Alien Invader
Manufacturer Sidam
Release 1979 Manufacturer Universal
Class Wide Release Release 1979
Genre Shooter Class Wide Release
Mode 2 Players Genre Shooter
Gameplay Alternating Mode 2 Players
Panel Layout Single Player Gameplay Alternating
Monitor Panel Layout Single Player
Orientation: Vertical Controls
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Buttons: Rotational (left, right)
CRT: Black and White Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Sound Amplified Mono Monitor
(one channel) An alien invader shooter from Orientation: Vertical
Cabinet Styles Upright Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Sidam.
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Alien Invader is a space side-to-

side shooting game that is very
similar to Galaxian. However,
as last alien leaves the “rack”, it
transforms into a larger bat-like
creature as it swoops down.
Leaving certain types of aliens at
the end of each rack would pro-
duce two “bat” creatures instead
of just one in the higher levels.
Amusement Keno
Manufacturer Sircoma/A-1 Supply
Class Wide Release
Genre Casino

The Chinese game of KENO
played on a colorful screen.
Players mark numbers on the
screen by using our new “light-
pen” Four to ten spots can be
played and marks can be changed
before “play” button is pushed.
The full color screen changes color
for a drawn numbers.
1979
136
Asteroids
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
around screen edges – for instance,
Genre Space
an asteroid that drifts off the top edge
Board pin Asteroids Pinout
Mode 2 Players
of the screen reappears at the bottom
Gameplay Alternating and continues moving in the same
Panel Layout Single Player direction. As the player shoots aster-
Controls oids, they break into smaller asteroids
Buttons: Rotational (left, right) that move faster and are more diffi-
Buttons: 3 cult to hit. Smaller asteroids are also
[FireThrustHyperspace] worth more points. Two flying saucers
Monitor appear periodically on the screen;
Orientation: Horizontal the “big saucer” shoots randomly and
Type: Vector poorly, while the “small saucer” fires
frequently at the ship. After reach-
19-inch Electrohome G05-802/805
ing a score of 40,000, only the small
(requires one-channel amp) saucer appears. As the player’s score
Cabinet Styles Upright increases, the angle range of the shots
Cocktail from the small saucer diminishes until
Mini the saucer fires extremely accurately.
Once the screen has been cleared of
all asteroids and flying saucers, a new
set of large asteroids appears, thus
Asteroids is an arcade space shooter starting the next level. The game gets
released in November 1979 by Atari, harder as the number of asteroids in-
Inc. and designed by Lyle Rains, Ed creases until after the score reaches a
Logg, and Dominic Walsh. range between 40,000 and 60,000.
The objective of Asteroids is to destroy The player starts with 3 lives after a
asteroids and saucers. The player con- coin is inserted and gains an extra life
trols a triangular ship that can rotate per 10,000 points. When the player
left and right, fire shots straight for- loses all their lives, the game ends.
ward, and thrust forward. Once the Asteroids contains several
ship begins moving in a direction, it bugs. The game slows down as the
will continue in that direction for a player gains 50-100 lives, due to a
time without player intervention un- programming error in that there is
less the player applies thrust in a dif- no limit for the permitted number of
ferent direction. The ship eventually lives. The player can “lose” the game
comes to a stop when not thrusting. after more than 250 lives are collect-
The player can also send the ship into ed.
hyperspace, causing it to disappear Asteroids was conceived by Lyle Rains
and reappear in a random location on and programmed by Ed Logg with
the screen, at the risk of self-destruct- collaborations from other Atari staff.
ing or appearing on top of an asteroid. Logg was impressed with the Atari
Each level starts with a few 2600 (then known as “Atari Video
large asteroids drifting in various di- Computer System”) and joined Atari’s
rections on the screen. Objects wrap coin-op division and worked on Dirt
1979
137
Bike, which was never released due to an gave it to Delman, who finished the design
unsuccessful field test. He developed Super and first used it for Lunar Lander. Logg re-
Breakout after hearing that Nolan Bushnell ceived Delman’s modified board with five
wanted Breakout updated. Paul Mancuso buttons, 13 sound effects, and additional
joined the development team as Aster- RAM, and used it to develop Asteroids. The
oids’ technician and engineer Howard Del- size of the board was 4 by 4 inches, and it
man contributed to the hardware. During was “linked up” to a monitor.
a meeting in April 1979, Rains discussed Logg modeled the player’s ship,
Planet Grab, a multiplayer arcade game lat- the five-button control scheme, and the
er renamed to Cosmos. Logg did not know game physics after Spacewar!, which he
the name of the game, thinking Computer had played as a student at the University
Space as “the inspiration for the two-di- of California, Berkeley, but made several
mensional approach”. Rains conceived of changes to improve playability. The ship
Asteroids as a mixture of Computer Space was programmed into the hardware and
and Space Invaders, combining the two- rendered by the monitor, and was config-
dimensional approach of Computer Space ured to move with thrust and inertia. The
with Space Invaders’ addictive gameplay of hyperspace button was not placed near
“completion” and “eliminate all threats”. Logg’s right thumb, which he was dissatis-
The unfinished game featured a giant, in- fied with, as he had a problem “taking his
destructible asteroid, so Rains asked Logg: hand off the thrust button”. Drawings of
“Well, why don’t we have a game where asteroids in various shapes were incorpo-
you shoot the rocks and blow them up?” In rated into the game. Logg copied the idea
response, Logg described a similar concept of a high score table with initials from Exi-
where the player selectively shoots at rocks dy’s Star Fire.
that break into smaller pieces. Both agreed The two saucers were formulated to
on the concept. be different from each other. A steadily de-
Asteroids was implemented on creasing timer that shortens intervals be-
hardware developed by Delman and is a tween saucer attacks was employed to keep
vector game. Rains initially wanted the the player from not shooting asteroids and
game done in raster graphics, but Logg, saucers. The minimalist soundtrack fea-
experienced in vector graphics, suggested tures a “heartbeat” sound effect, which
an XY monitor because the high image quickens as the game progresses. The game
quality would permit precise aiming. The did not have a sound chip, so Delman cre-
hardware is chiefly a MOS 6502 execut- ated a hardware circuit for 13 sound effects
ing the game program, and QuadraScan, a by hand which was wired onto the board.
high-resolution vector graphics processor A prototype of Asteroids was well
developed by Atari and referred to as an received by several Atari staff and engi-
“XY display system” and the “Digital Vec- neers, who would “wander between labs,
tor Generator (DVG)”. passing comment and stopping to play
The original design concepts for as they went”. Logg was often asked when
QuadraScan came out of Cyan Engineer- he would be leaving by employees eager
ing, Atari’s off-campus research lab in to play the prototype, so he created a sec-
Grass Valley, California, in 1978. Cyan ond prototype specifically for staff to play.
1979
138
Atari went to Sacramento, California for test- shoot directly at the player’s position on the that “If imitation is the sincerest form of flat-
ing, setting up prototypes of the game in local screen, the player could “hide” at the oppo- tery, then [Atari’s Asteroids has] a lot to be
arcades to measure its potential success. The site end of the screen and shoot across the proud of ... Its popularity has inspired nu-
company also observed veteran players and screen boundary, while remaining relatively merous imitations”, including eight for per-
younger players during focus group sessions safe. Complaints from operators losing rev- sonal computers. The Mattel Intellivision ti-
at Atari itself. A group of old players familiar enue due to lurking led to the creation of an tle Astrosmash was conceived as Avalanche!
with Spacewar! struggled to maintain grip EPROM restricting such chances. Usage of after Meteor! did not take up the cartridge’s
on the thrust button and requested a joy- the names of Saturday Night Live characters entire ROM space. Meteor!, an Asteroids
stick, whereas younger players accustomed “Mr. Bill” and “Sluggo” to refer to the saucers clone, was cancelled to avoid a lawsuit and
to Space Invaders noted they get no break in an Esquire article about the game led to Avalanche! was released as Astrosmash. The
in the game. Logg and other Atari engineers Logg receiving a cease and desist letter from resultant game borrows elements from As-
observed proceedings and documented com- a lawyer with the “Mr. Bill Trademark.” teroids and Space Invaders, both which also
ments in four pages. Asteroids received positive reviews influenced Defender and Gravitar, two popu-
The first Asteroids cabinets used a different from video game critics and has been regard- lar and often cloned arcade games. Quality
coin-door. The quarters were placed through ed as Logg’s magnum opus. Brett Alan Weiss, Software’s Asteroids in Space (1980), anoth-
one of two round openings large enough for writing for Allgame, likened the monochrome er Asteroids clone, was one of the best selling
the quarter to fit through. The quarter is vector graphics to minimalism and viewed its games for the Apple II and was voted one of
placed flat against a wall just inside the open- sound effects as memorable. Weiss found its the most popular software titles of 1978-80
ing and released. The quarter drops down for overall design to be near-perfect and cites by Softalk magazine.
a credit. The display showing the cost of a the intensity and controls as elements that Others clones include Acornsoft’s Me-
credit is labeled between the two coin open- make the game addicting. He admitted the teors, Moons of Jupiter for the VIC-20, Min-
ings. The lettering describing the game play game is easily understandable and “holds up eStorm for the Vectrex. Apple-Oids is a 1980
is also in yellow instead of white on the moni- extremely well over time”. William Cassidy, clone for the Apple II, with asteroids in the
tor overlay. writing for GameSpy’s “Classic Gaming”, no- shape of apples.
ticed its innovations, including being one of Asteroids has been ported to multiple platforms,
Asteroids was immediately successful upon
the first video games to track initials and al- including much of Atari’s hardware (Atari 2600
release. It displaced Space Invaders by popu-
low players to enter their initials for appear- and 8-bit computers in 1981, Atari 7800 in 1987,
larity in the United States and became Atari’s
ing in the top 10 high scores, and commented, Atari Lynx in 1994) and many other platforms.
best selling arcade game of all time, with over
“the vector graphics fit the futuristic outer Released in 1981, the 2600 port was the first game
70,000 units sold. Atari earned an estimated
space theme very well.” In 1996, Next Gen- to use bank switching, a technique developed by
$150 million in sales from the game, and ar-
eration listed it as number 39 on their “Top Carl Nielsen’s group of engineers that increased
cade operators earned a further $500 million
100 Games of All Time”, particularly laud- available ROM space from 4 KB to 8 KB.
from coin drops. Atari had been in the proc-
ing the control dynamics which require “the
ess of manufacturing another vector game, On November 13, 1982, 15-year-old Scott Safran
constant juggling of speed, positioning, and
Lunar Lander, but demand for Asteroids of Cherry Hill, New Jersey, set a world record of
direction.” Asteroids was ranked fourth on
was so high “that several hundred Asteroids 41,336,440 points on the arcade game Asteroids,
Retro Gamer’s list of “Top 25 Arcade Games”;
games were shipped in Lunar Lander cabi- beating the 40,101,910 point score set by Leo
the Retro Gamer staff cited its simplicity and
nets”. Asteroids was so popular that some Daniels of Carolina Beach on February 6, 1982.
the lack of a proper ending as allowances of
video arcade operators had to install large In 1998, to congratulate Safran on his accomplish-
revisiting the game. In 2012, Asteroids was
boxes to hold the number of coins spent by ment, the Twin Galaxies Intergalactic Scoreboard
listed on Time’s All-TIME 100 greatest video
players. searched for him for four years until 2002, when
games list. Entertainment Weekly named As-
The saucer in the original game de- it was discovered that he had died in an accident
teroids one of the top ten games for the Atari
sign was supposed to take a shot as soon as in 1989. In a ceremony in Philadelphia on April
2600 in 2013. It was added to the Museum
it appeared. This action was altered so there 27, 2002, Walter Day of Twin Galaxies presented
of Modern Art’s collection of video games. By
would be a delay before the saucer shoots, an award to the surviving members of Safran’s
contrast, in March 1983 the Atari 8-bit port
leading to “lurking” from players. Lurking is family, commemorating the Asteroid Champi-
won sixth place in Softline’s Dog of the Year
a strategy in which the player uses thrust to on’s achievement. On April 6, 2010, John McAl-
awards “for badness in computer games”,
keep the ship in motion, leaves 1 or 2 asteroids lister broke Safran’s record with a high score of
Atari division, based on reader submissions.
undamaged, and hunts for saucers, allowing 41,338,740 in a 58-hour Internet livestream.
the player to pick off as many 1,000-point The gameplay in Asteroids was imitated by
UFOs as possible and play indefinitely on many games that followed, mostly “Asteroid
a single credit. Since the saucer could only clones”. By December 1981 BYTE observed
1979
excerpt from the Cocktail manual: 139
The Cocktail Asteroids game has four

new parts. If you have worked on Atari games
in the past, then you should be aware of these
important differences.
• Power Supply Assembly.
• Game PCB Circuity and TV Monitor. Most
video games to date have used the raster scan
method of display. This game uses vector gen-
eration with X and Y axes to allow greater con-
trast, a greater number of moving objects on
the screen, and lines at any angle to be “drawn”
on the screen.
• Cocktail Table Cabinet. This new cabinet de-
sign allows for adjustable height and easy ac-
cess for servicing.
• Coin Acceptor. This is the first use of this fixed
mounting coin acceptor.
TABLE TOP
SUPPORT ARM
START
SWITCHES
TV MONITOR

Atari’s Asteroid game has five possible
modes of operation: Attract, Ready-to-Play,
CONTROL PANEL
Play, High Score Initial, and Self-Test. Self-test
is a special mode for checking the game switch-
REGULATOR/ es and computer functions. You may enter this
COIN
AUDIO PCB
ACCEPTOR mode at any time. When entered, all game cred-
POWER SUPPLY its are cancelled.
The attract mode begins when power is
SPEAKER
applied to the game, after a play or high score
initial mode, or after self-test.
The Ready-to-Play mode begins when
sufficient coins have been accepted for a one- or
two-player game. It ends when the 1 PLAYER or
GAME PCB 2 PLAYER START pushbutton is pressed.
The play mode begins when either start
LATCH
COIN
pushbutton is pressed. The mode ends when
COUNTER the player’s last ship of the game is lost.
ACCESS COIN SWITCH, SELF-TEST
PANEL SWITCH AND VOLUME CONTROL
1979
140
excerpt from the flyer: Large Spacecraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 points

Atari Space™ introduces another new Small Spacecraft . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000 points
space action blockbuster. A new concept Bonus Scoring.
that challenges one or two players to com- Each time 10,000 points are achieved an
pete with themselves or against an oppo- additional spacecraft is awarded.
nent for highest score. Spectacular Visual Effects.
Asteroids is easy to learn but hard Realistic explosions, laser blasts, frag-
to master - a replay natural! The better mentation of space debris are created by
your players become, the more difficult As- the unique Atari-designed QuadraScan™
teroids gets. People keep playing to better display system. This specially developed
their previous scores. random scan system allows more realistic
Players start with either three or animation and three-dimensional effects
four ships. The object of the game is to creating a picture with finer detail, greater
maneuver a spacecraft quickly enough to resolution and smoother movement.
blast and destroy streams of asteroids and Exciting visuals are enhanced by
computer-controlled enemy saucers - be- highly realistic sound effects.
fore they can destroy the player’s ship.
New High Score Table.
A direct hit on a large asteroid breaks
The current ten best scores along with
it in two. A hit on one of these breaks it into
player initials are displayed in the attract
two still smaller asteroids, a final hit on a
mode. If player’s score exceeds one of the
small asteroid destroys it completely.
existing ten best, he or she can add that
When the number of asteroids is
score and initials to the list.
minimal, a saucer will enter. As the game
progresses, more enemy saucer will appear Exclusive Operator Options.
more frequently. Coinage: Free play, 1 coin per play, 1 coin
Large saucers shoot in random di- per 2 plays, 2 coins per play.
rections. Small spacecraft will zero in on Language: Operators may select English,
player’s craft. When all asteroids have been French, German or Spanish video message
destroyed, a new cluster of large asteroids presentations.
will appear.
Spacecrafts: Asteroids can be adjusted to
Realistic Controls. start game with 3 or 4 spacecrafts.
Push-button controls are provided for ro-
Built-in, Self-Test System.
tation, left or right, thrust and fire con-
Asteroids self-test diagnostic system offers
trol. Activation of the “Hyperspace” but-
light-speed trouble-shooting on the spot.
ton causes the spacecraft to go off screen
and reappear at random in a different area. Dimensions.
Hyperspace is risky however, because of a Height: 71.87”, 182.54 cm;
high probability of destruction upon reen- With: 25.25”, 64.14 cm;
try. Depth: 32”, 81.28 cm;
Monitor: 19” B/W
Scoring.
Small Asteroids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 points Blast Off for Higher Profits.
Medium Asteroids . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 points Get your specs on Asteroids from your
Large Asteroids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 points Atari distributor now.
1979
141
excerpt from the Cocktail flyer:

• Now all the excitement and profit-mak-
excerpt from the Cabaret flyer: ing features of the world’s number one
video game are available in all new
New Asteroids Cabaret™ is specifi- space-saving cabinet design.
cally designed to help expand loca- • Single or dual game play.
tion opportunities and player po- • TV display “flip-flops” for two players.
tential. • 15” Atari QuadraScan™ display system.
Contemporary styling, com- • 3/16” tempered glass table top is insu-
pact size and profit-proven play lated against spills.
popularity make Asteroid Cabaret • Quick-release hinged table top, hinged
the perfect solution for a wide va- control panel allow easy serviceability.
riety of sophisticated environments • Sturdy, heavy-duty legs are adjustable
and for space-limited locations. to five different heights.
• Space-saving design occupies only
four square feet of floor space
• Illuminated attraction panel
• Lightweight for easy mobility
• Standard two mech coin door
• Shielded monitor eliminates glare
• Rich wood grain side panelling
Specifications
Monitor: 15” QuadraScan™ B/W.
Height: 55”, 140 cm; WIdth: 20.5”,
51 cm; Weight: 190 lbs. 86 kg.
Taito version
1979
142
Hyperspace
Manufacturer Rumiano
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Space
Mode 2 Players Hyperspace is an Asteroids Clone in an Upright Cab. The
Gameplay Alternating game has been found in the Netherlands.
Panel Layout Single Player The three game ROMs are identical to Asteroids Rev.01,
Monitor
only the Vector ROM at position NP3 is different. The
Main PCB is largely identical to the original from Atari.
Type: Vector
CRT: Black and White The PCB is labeled with “Hyperspace”. The Monitor is
Cabinet Styles Upright a Hantarex b/w XY Monitor which is very common for
european B/W Vector clones at this time.
“andysarcade.de”
Planet
Manufacturer Alpha Denshi/Alca
Release 1979
Class Bootleg
Genre Space
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Buttons: 3 [Fire|Thrust|Hyperspace]
Monitor
Type: Raster: Vector
(requires one-channel amp)
Cocktail
Planet is a European Asteroids clone - notable for rather unremarkable in appearance, and it was a
bright artwork and a Hantarex vector monitor. It Japanese style cocktail and not an American style
is also noteworthy to mention that all “Planet” ma- one. Japanese style cocktails have metal legs,
chines contain the earliest revision of the Aster- American style ones do not.
oids software, while almost all actual “Asteroids” This game uses a black and white Hantarex
machines contain a later revision designed to dis- X/Y monitor. This is unusual because it is a moni-
courage lurking. tor that doesn’t exist according to Hantarex. It ap-
Most bootleg games were circuit boards purchased pears they produced the monitor under the table,
from mail order houses located overseas, but Alca as they didn’t want to officially custom produce a
actually shipped entire machines. monitor for a bootleg game.
The cocktail version was a little uncommon, it was “[email protected]”
Meteor 1979
143
Manufacturer Hoei International
Release 1980
Class Bootleg
Genre Space
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Buttons: 3 [Fire|Thrust|Hyperspace]
Monitor
Type: Vector
(one channel)
Cocktail
The game play is exactly the same as Asteroids.

New & exciting amusement game METEOR
present another new extra terrestrial space ad-
venture. A celestial game that lets one or two
players fight against themselves or an oppo-
nent for the highest score.
Meteors is simple to play-hard to master! The
more a player succeeds the tougher meteors be-
come. Players continue to try and better their
highest score.
• Players begin with three or four spaceships.
The objective being to move a spaceship adept-
ly enough to shoot and disintegrate meteors
and UFOs - before they have a chance to de-
stroy the player’s spaceship.
• If a meteor is shoot dead-center it is broken
in two parts. If these meteors halfs are then hit
again they break into meteorites.
• After the meteor number has been substan-
tially reduced, a UFO will appear.
• Bigger UFO’s will fire haphazardly. UFO’s
which are smaller will “lock fire” on the player’s
spaceship.
After all the meteors have been obliterated, a
new group of large meteors will materialize.
1979
144
Asterock
Manufacturer Zaccaria/Sidam
Release 1980
Class Wide Release
Genre Space Asterock is a copy of Atari’s Asteroids. The italian
Mode 2 Players
company Sidam manufactured/developed their
own CPU PCB for their upright cab while still
Controls using many parts of the original Asteroids code.
Buttons: Rotational (left, right) The cabinet was also different in some aspects.
Buttons: 3 [Fire|Thrust|Hyperspace] Although the color scheme was very similar to
Monitor Asteroids and the bezel around the monitor was
Orientation: Horizontal black, the game had a completely different con- The marquee and sideart are ripped off from
Type: Vector trol panel layout and -graphics. Sidam used the the Atari designs. The Sidam version features
CRT: Black and White Electrohome G05-802, 19 inch XY b/w monitor. a steep backwards-sloping control panel which
doubles as a full width ashtray, cigarette holders
Cabinet Styles Upright are included on the lip of the panel.
Asteroide
Manufacturer Maxenti
Release 1980
Genre Space
Asteroide is a copy of Atari’s Aster-

oids. The italian company Maxenti
built this cab and used parts (PCBs
and Control Panel) of the clone
manufacturer SIDAM who devel-
oped an own Clone of Asteroids
(own PCB’s and own cab) named
Asterock. The color scheme on the
Control Panel is the same as the
original Asteroids, but has a differ-
ent control panel layout and -graph-
ics. The bezel around the monitor is
black and the sideart is completely
different. Maxenti used a vector
monitor from Hantarex (Italy).
1979
145
Atari Soccer
Atari Soccer is a top-view, two- or four-player soc-
Manufacturer Atari cer game. The game was programmed by Dave
Release 1979 Theurer, who created the classics Missile Com-
Class Wide Release mand and Tempest as well as I, Robot and APB.
Genre Sports
Mode 4 Players simultaneous excerpt from the flyer:
Gameplay Either
New from Atari Sports™.
Monitor New Atari Soccer continues the winning tradition
Orientation: Horizontal of the Atari Sports group. With dynamic play-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution again realism that simulates all the action and ex-
CRT: Black and White citement of an actual match.
Sound Amplified Mono 2 or 4-Player Action.
(one channel) 4-Player Game
In a 4 player contest, each two man team can expe-
rience the extra challenge of playing cooperatively
against an opposing 2-man squad. Each team plays
with 2 controllable players, 1 computer-controlled
player and a computer-controlled goalie.
The right Trak-Ball controls players marked
with X, the left Trak-Ball controls players marked
with O.
2-Player Game
In a two-player contest, each opposing player con-
trols one man assisted by a computer-controlled
player and computer-controlled goalie.
Only the right Trak-Ball is active in this
mode.
Exciting Play Option Features Challenge
Players to Test Their Skills.
Kick/Pass Option. When the player with the
ball activates the “Kick” button, the ball is released
in the direction that player is facing.
When a teammate has the ball, activation
of the “Kick” button will force the ball to be passed
to the player pressing the “Kick” button.
Offside Option. Playing with the “Offsides Rule”
in effect limits an offensive player from receiving
a pass from a teammate unless there are at least
two defensive players between him and the goal in
the opponents’ half of the field. Penalty: Defend-
ing team receives a free kick.
Add-A-Coin™. Each additional coin adds time-
play. Players may buy extra time for longer unin-
terrupted action.
Scoring:
1 point is awarded per goal.
Shoot for Bigger Profits.
1979
146 Atari Baseball
Manufacturer Atari Atari Baseball utilizes a Motorola M6502
Release 1979
(running up at 750 KHz), and both play-
Class Wide Release
ers must use a trackball to control their
Genre Sports
Board pin Atari B&W Raster
respective stick-figure team, with two
Mode 2 Players simultaneous buttons (one to scroll through the pitch-
Gameplay Competitive ing/hitting choices, or swing the pitch-
Panel Layout Multiple Player er’s bat, and another to make the pitcher
Controls throw the ball, or confirm a pitching/
Trackball: Optical hitting choice). One credit buys a cer-
Buttons: 2 [Scroll/Swing/Pitch|Select] tain number of innings, depending on
Monitor how the cabinet is set. Just like with real
Orientation: Horizontal baseball, whoever has scored the most
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution runs by the end of that ninth inning (or
in this game, if neither player has anoth-
er coin to continue at the end of the last
Cabinet Styles Cocktail paid-for inning) wins the game; if both
players’ scores are tied by the end of the
ninth inning, the game will go to a tenth
inning, but if they’re still tied by the end
of the tenth inning the game will end.
This was originally meant to be the first title from
Atari to showcase digitized speech; Dan Pliskin
had designed a speech board that featured the
calls of an umpire, but the company rejected the
idea.

Players use real-life strategy. Batters can switch
hit, full swing, or bunt, pitchers can try to fool the
batter with a variety of pitches.
Batter up!
Atari Baseball is one of the new ultra-real-
istics - the new breed of video sports attractions.
Now, for the first time, players can experi-
ence the challenge and competitive excitement of
playing the game so realistically that it’s like being
there.
Two player can challenge each other, or
one player can test his skill against the computer.
1979
147
Atari Basketball
Basketball, released in May 1979, was notable
as the first basketball video game to make use of Manufacturer Atari
a trackball for player movement and the first to Release 1979
use the angled side view which became a com- Class Wide Release
monly used perspective in the basketball video Genre Sports
games that followed. Board pin Atari B&W Raster
A year earlier Atari had released Basketball for Gameplay Competitive
the Atari VCS (2600) and the arcade’s game play Panel Layout Multiple Player
is very similar to the console. The main differ- Monitor
ence between the two is the use of a Trak-Ball Orientation: Horizontal
instead of a joystick and as one would expect the Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
graphics and sound effects found in the arcade CRT: Black and White
game are a lot better. Sound Amplified Mono
(one channel)
Basketball supports one and two player modes
and uses a trackball to control each player’s
movement. At the start of each game, the song
“Sweet Georgia Brown” is played. Players must
first gain possession of the ball and move to-
wards their opponent’s goal. When in position
for a shot, the pushbutton is held until the play-
er’s arm is at a suitable height and the button is
released. Shots can be blocked by an opponent,
and, when dribbling, an opponent can steal the
ball. The winner is the player with the highest
score when the clock runs out.
The game is known for having one of
the first clearly African-American vid-
eo game characters.
Michael Jackson used to own this
game. It was sold at the official Michael
Jackson Auction on Apr. 24th, 2009.

• Another advanced sports simulation
from the originator of video sports
competition.
• Amazingly realistic 1 or 2 player ac-
tion, scoring and sound effects offer re-
peat play challenge in street or arcade
locations.
• “Sweet Georgia Brown” music plays at
start and finish of each game, enhanc-
ing attraction and play appeal.
• Instant responsive Trak-Ball™ con-
trols move players in any direction for
exciting action, total player involve-
ment.
• Multiple coinage options allow maxi-
mum earning versatility.
1979
148
Atari Football
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1978/1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Sports
Gameplay Either Control Panel In this game, the sport of American football is
Panel Layout Multiple Player emulated, with players represented by Xs and
Monitor Os. The game was one of the most popular arcade
Orientation: Vertical games in its day. Later, Atari released a more
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution challenging four-player version programmed by
CRT: Black and White Dave Theurer, the creator of Missile Command
and Tempest.
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Cocktail (2 Player) Although not the first trackball game
Cocktail (4 Player) (the first was Soccer by Taito in 1973),
Atari Football was the game that is
credited with popularizing the track-
ball. Considered physically exhausting
to play, Atari Football involves spin-
ning the trackball as fast as possible to
win the game. Just 90 seconds of play
could result in sore palms, and longer
could cause blisters. Nevertheless,
Atari Football was as popular as Space
Invaders during the 1978 football sea-
son, but its popularity waned later on.
Atari Football is sometimes credited
as one of the first games to accurately
emulate sports.
On the 4-player table, the trackballs on the right side
of the two control panels are for the quarterbacks, and the
ones on the left side of them are for the receivers - and both types
of table also have “Play Select” buttons upon their control panels,
which can be used to select plays (and, in the case of the offensive
team, to pass the ball to the receiver). The players must roll their
trackballs in the direction they want their letters to go; they can also
pass the ball by pressing the Play Select button, and tackles can be
made by touching another letter, with the ball. The 4-player table
also added another play for the offensive team: Punt/ Field Goal,
for which the Play Select button could be used to kick the ball - and,
just like in real U.S. football, a touchdown is worth 6 points while a
field goal is worth 3 points, a safety and a conversion are both worth
2 points and a kicked conversion is worth 1 point. Whichever team’s
scored the most points when the timer runs out wins the game.
1979
149
excerpt from the 4-player flyer:

New double action excitement.
Atari 4-Player Football™ continues the win-
ning tradition of the world-famous 2 player
Atari Football™... with twice the excitement,
twice the profit potential.
New Team Play Competition!
Atari 4-Player Football is “team” football. For
the first time 2 players can experience the extra
realism and challenge of playing cooperatively
against an opposing 2-man squad.
5 new plays, including kicking!
The video gridiron sets up with a 7-man offense
and a 7-man defense. Each team selects a pre-
programmed play.
Offense: The offense selects one of four dif-
ferent pass or run option plays, or a punt or field
goal. A “Multiple Pass” play can also be used by
passing the ball back and forth between players be-
hind the line of scrimmage.
Defense: The defense can elect to “blitz” or
select one of four different pass/run coverage plays.
The object is to anticipate the oppo-
nent’s play, then outmanoeuvre him for effec-
tive defense or offense.
1979
150
Ball Park
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Sports
Gameplay Joint
Monitor excerpt from the flyer:
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution • Solid State T.V. Monitor
CRT: Color • Ball and Strike Feature
Sound Amplified Mono • Pitch Control
(one channel) • Outfielder Control
Cabinet Styles Upright • Double Plays
Cocktail • 1 or 2 Player Game
• Double Coin Chutes
• Cabinet Dimensions
64 1/2 x 26 1/2 x 23 7/8
Ball Park II
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Sports
Gameplay Joint
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
1979
Bomb Bee 151
Manufacturer Namco
Release 1979
Bomb Bee is a mix of video pinball Class Wide Release
and break-out game. It is played with Genre Pinball
paddle controls. The purpose of the Bomb Bee N was designed to run on
Mode 2 Players
game is to rack up as much points as Nintendo arcade cabinets. The ‘N’ in Gameplay Alternating
possible, through elaborate scoring this name indicated it was the Nin- Panel Layout Single Player
mechanisms, simliar to Nintendo’s tendo version. Controls
Monkey Magic from the same year. Bomb Bee-N remains the single co- Rotary: Analog
Occasionally the ball will get operation on arcade hardware be- Monitor
stuck in a very long loop (this usu- tween Nintendo and Namco, until Orientation: Vertical
ally happens with the pop bumpers). 2002 (when the companies joined
CRT: Color
Players can sit back and relax while forces, together with Sega, to create
the points rack up, but eventually the a shared arcade hardware platform, (one channel)
game will figure out the ball is stuck called Triforce.) Cabinet Styles Upright
and shoot it out in some other direc- Bomb Bee is a historical game for Cocktail
tion. several reasons. It is only the second
Clearing out the side sections video game produced by Namco, fol-
of bricks will turn the same side pop- lowing the 1978 game Gee Bee, to
bumper into 100 points instead of 10. which it was a sequel.
Clearing the top section of bricks will
Both these games were designed by
then show a 1000 point pop bumper.
Touru Iwatani, creator of Pac Man.
Hitting the 1000 point pop bumper
Originally he wanted to make pinball
several times will cause it to explode
machines for Namco, but Namco did
and a new set of bricks will show.
not want to do pinball so this series of
Get the ball to light up “N A M
games is the resulting compromise.
C O” on the screen to increase the bo-
“beforemario.com”
nus multiplier.
Bomb Bee-N
1979
152
Clay Shoot
Manufacturer Allied Leisure Industries
Release 1979
Genre Shooter
Cocktail
Clay Shoot is a clay pidgeon shooting game

from Allied Leisure.

Allied Leisure introduces our new video
Clay Shoot, a constant action trap shoot
game for 1 or 2 players. We challenge every-
one to compete with themselves or against
others for high scores. An easy to learn
game that never stops challenging a play-
er’s skill; players will keep on playing to
beat their previous scores. Players alterna-
tive shooting at one, two, or three clays, ap- AMATEUR:
clay explodes when hit, and falls to the
pearing at each round of play. Clays move The Clays are slower the shot pattern wider,
ground in pieces with a whistle.
faster or slower depending on the skill level of course the point values are lowest.
which can be changed at the beginning of SKILL LEVELS
EXPERT:
each round, and on the players success at Three skill levels are available on the game,
The next step, with slightly faster clays and
that skill level. and these can be changed between rounds
slightly narrower shot pattern, point values
while the game is in progress, for those who
GREAT VISUALS increase.
think they’re getting better, or for those who
Two men with guns, two blockhouses and a whish to try for a “Sure shot.” PRO:
wooded canyon set the scene and the mood. Is for those who think they’re really hot!
Shooting 2 clays in a round doubles the Because the skill level can be changed dur-
Narrow shot pattern and the faster moving
points for those clays and “Great” flashes on ing play, strategies can be worked out to
clays mean a keen eye and quick reflexes are
the screen before the next round. Shooting take advantage of the best combination of
needed, but the rewards are the highest.
3 clays in a round really pays off with a big conditions to beat the scores. Skill levels are
displayed next to each player’s image. SCORING
“WOW!” crowd cheers from the solid state AMATEUR ...... 75 pts/clay
sound system, and triple the point value. EXPERT .......... 100 pts/clay
Gun shots are so realistic, you’ll duck. The PRO ................. 150 pts/clay
1979
153
Cosmic Attackers
Release 1979
Genre Shooter
Cosmic Attackers is a Space Invaders
clone by Elcon Industries. The game Cocktail
feature two horizontal control but-
tons (left, right) and a fire button.

This imported Cocktail table is now
available at the all-time bargain price
of
ONLY $995
• Full six month warranty
• Height 24”, Weight 90 lbs., Top 32”
x 21”
• Manual & schematics in English
• Replacement parts in stock
Shipped from stock $50 per game
deposit required with order, or send
full amount less 2% discount. Pay no
freight with order of 4 or more. Order
10 or more and receive 5% discount.
Elcon Industries also manufactures
Cosmic Attackers, Collision, Super
Casino Video Blackjack and Royal
Flush Drawpoker.
Available in upright, wall and cocktail
table models.
1979
154
Cosmic Guerilla
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Board pin Cosmic Guerilla Dipswitch
Mode 2 Players
Monitor
Orientation: Vertical Cosmic Guerilla is a 1979 fixed shooter
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution arcade game developed by Universal,
CRT: Black and White the company that would later create
with a Color Overlay Mr. Do!. A ZX Spectrum port was pub-
Sound Amplified Mono lished by Crystal Computing in 1983.
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Upright The player takes control of a laser can-
Cocktail non at the bottom of the screen whose
movement is limited to left and right,
and must fire at the aliens above. In
contrast to Space Invaders the aliens
are arranged in a single vertical line
on each side of the screen, with their
movement being towards the centre,
one or more at a time, in an attempt
to capture and remove the player’s
shields. The aliens cannot be hit by
the player’s shots until they begin to
move, and the player may only fire
one projectile at a time.Once a row of
shields has been removed, one of the
player’s “lives”, is exposed and able to
be captured. Occasionally a very fast
“mothership” will appear and traverse
the screen just above the player drop-
ping bombs.
There are six levels of difficulty
along with four game modes allowing
combinations of the regular game, bo-
nus enemies, and faster aliens. There
is also a two player mode where play-
ers take alternative turns.
1979
155
The cabinet artwork, a white base, with pur-

ple, yellow and black overlaid artwork, shows a
horned demon and lots of swirls. Most interest-
ingly, this has to be the only game to have a po-
litically incorrect slogan plastered on the side --
“SUPER VIOLENCE!” The artwork on the sides
and front was varnished or laquered, which gives
it a shiny and incredibly strong coat, protecting it
from scratches and any kind of fading! The con-
trol panel had backlit one- and two-player info
panels. Insert one coin, “1 player” lit up insert
two and “2 player” lit up.
1979
156

Transferred the World of Cartoons
into TV Game
This attempt, probably the first such at-
tempt in Japan was Successfully accom-
plished in cooperation with ISHIMORI
CO.LTD. (President Mr. Shotaro Ishimori,
a famous cartoonist). COSMIC GUERILLA
is packed with unique ideas: the world of
Cartoons comes alive as ISHIMORI’S vast
experience is utilized.
Dodge the Guerilla Attack to protect your
Laser Guns!!!
“THE BEST GAME ON THE MARKET”
STOP PRESS
HOW TO PLAY “COSMIC GUERILLA”
1. SCORE DISPLAY - 6-digit display from
0 - 999990.
2. UFO - When hit, 50 - 300 points are scored.
3. GUERILLA - The guerilla rushes towards
your block from both sides to take it away
while bombing. When the block disappears,
he tries to take away the central laser gun to
his position.
4. BLOCK - It protects the central laser gun.
if the guerilla is shot before he takes away
the block, it returns to its location.
5. BASE - It is a fortress prepared to protect
your laser guns against the guerilla attack.
6. LASER GUN - It is moved from side to
side by controlling the lever, and by press-
ing the fire button, it assaults the guerilla,
UFO and mutant mole.
7. CENTRAL LASER GUN - It is destroyed
when taken away to the guerilla’s position.
Extra 1,000 - 2,000 points (adjustable by
dip switches) give you another central laser
gun.
8. MUTANT MOLE - It appears every time
you score 500 points, attacking your laser
guns.
9. CREDIT - The number of credit games is
counted.
1979
157
Cosmic Monsters
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Cosmic Monsters was a Space Invaders clone that barely
Genre Space
Mode 2 Players
strayed from the basic Invaders gameplay formula with
Gameplay Alternating only a few new minor features as compared to the original.
Panel Layout Single Player The monsters would march from side to side in formation
Controls until they reached a screen edge, dropping a notch closer
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) to the player’s(/s’) laser base(s) and dropping bombs the
Buttons: 1 [Fire] entire time.
Monitor
Orientation: Vertical Aside from the monsters looking different (as well as the
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution bunkers) from the original Space Invaders, the only few
CRT: Color differences between the two games is that shooting the
Sound Amplified Mono saucer had a higher sense of urgency this time around, as
(one channel) there was a bunker for it to hide inside once it appeared:
Cabinet Styles Upright if a player didn’t destroy it once it came out after taking
Cocktail refuge in the bunker, then it would explode and add an
entire new row of monsters to the top of their formation.
Also, players did not receive an extra laser base until a
score of at least 3,000 points, which is pretty high for
most Invaders games, and the U. F. O. was also worth way
more as well, with it having a higher end value of 600-
1000 points.
Scoring:
Bottom row monsters: 10 points each
Middle row monsters: 20 points
Top row monsters: 30 points
U. F. O.: random amount
“http://videogamehistory.wikia.com”
Cosmic Monsters II
Release 1979
Class Concept, One-Off, or Hoax
Genre Space
Gameplay Single
Monitor
This appears to be a fol-
low up to Cosmic Mon-
sters. CRT: Color
(one channel)
Cocktail
1979
158
Crash
Manufacturer Exidy
Release 1979
Class Wide Release Crash is a two-dimensional maze rac-
Genre Racing ing game designed and programmed the same maze in the opposite direc-
Mode 2 Players by Edward Valeau of Exidy in 1979. tion with the intention of ramming you.
Gameplay Alternating The player “control” a car with no At each of four junctions in the maze,
Panel Layout Single Player brakes which moves at either slow or the player have the option of changing
Controls fast speed through a maze containing lanes to avoid the oncoming cars. The
Joystick: 4-way dots. At the same time, one or more objective is to pick up all the dots be-
(up, down, left, right) computer controlled cars run through fore the computer takes the player out.
Buttons: 1 [Fast]
Monitor “mamedev.org”
with a yellow overlay
(one channel)
Cocktail
1979
159
The marquee is ‘reliefed’ on the moni- COIN PLAY

tor plexi and is all one piece that ex- 2 ............................ 1
tends down to the control panel. The or
game name is lit using four incandes- COIN PLAY
cent bulbs. 1 ............................ 1
The board has a number of vol- 2 ............................ 2
ume controls on the sound board: mo-
or
tor low, motor high, tire screech, crash
COIN PLAY
and more.
2 ............................ 1
4 ............................ 2
Crash also has a coin accumulator
CRASH is a one or two player skill game
(credit counter) so that a player can
in which players drive a car around
buy a number of games in advance.
a five lane square track while avoid-
ing collisions with computer control- While in the attract mode (no credits,
led drone cars. Players score points by no game in progress) the game
driving over speed dots marked on the plays automatically.
traffic lanes; players avoid collisions by Instruction Mode
changing lanes at the four traffic inter- When a player deposits a coin,
changes, and by using the FAST button the following message comes on
to beat drone cars to interchanges. screen:
CRASH has three coinage options. Af- CHANGE LANES TO AVOID
ter the player inserts his coins, play in- CRASH WITH OTHER CARS
structions and the day’s high score ap- 10 POINTS FOR EACH DOT BO-
pear on screen. An optional TOP THIS NUS POINTS IF ALL DOTS ARE
SCORE feature gives a replay to the EILIMINATED
player who beats a random score.
CREDITS N
The operator selects the number of TOP THIS SCORE FOR CREDIT
crashes (turns) per play: 2, 3, 4, or 5.
M
Attract Mode
Here, N is the number of games
When the game is first turned on,
in the credit counter, and M is a
the words GAME OVER will flash on
random score feature. At the op-
screen. Also on screen will be TO-
erator’s option, CRASH awards
DAY’S HIGH SCORE followed by a
one extra game to any player who
score which changes with each new
matches or exceeds the score M.
higher score attained throughout the
day. When the game is turned off, the Game Play
high score is reset to zero. When a player presses one of the
two START buttons (after coin-
Also displayed on screen, at the opera-
age), a fanfare turns signals the
tor’s selection, will be one of the fol-
start of play. The player’s car
lowing: Shoei Co. Ltd. version
starts at the bottom of the screen
1979
160
(in the outer lane) and moves counter-

clockwize. One drone car starts at the same
place, moving in the opposite direction.
The drone car tries to crash into the play-
er’s car. The player must avoid crashes by
changing lanes at interchanges; he uses the
FAST button to reach an interchange before
the drone car.
When the player’s car drives over a speed
dot, the SPEED BEEP sounds and the dot
disappears. At game start, each dot scores
10 points; if the player clears all the dots in a
single turn (without crashing into the drone
car) the playfield is reset, and all speed dots
score 20 points. Each successive time the
player clears all dots, the dot score goes up:
20 points, 30 points, etc.
The number of drone cars increases with
the point value of the speed dots. At game
start (10 points per dot) only one drone op-
poses the player; at the next level (20 points
per dot) two drones oppose him. At all suc-
ceeding levels (30 points and above), three
drones.
A turn continues until the player crashes
into the drone car. The message display
in the center of the screen shows turns re-
maining, by displaying one car for each
crash (turn) left, not counting the current
turn.
SELECTABLE OPTIONS
CRASH has three switch selectable options.
These are controlled by a seven segment
DIO switch located on the main logic board
at position 14A. This switch is accessible
from the front of the game through the coin
door.
Options include; Coinage, Crashes (Turns),
Top this score, and Audio Adjustments.
1979
161
Cutie Q
Manufacturer Namco
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Pinball
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Rotary: Analog
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Cutie Q is an arcade game released by Namco in 1979. It is the

third in a loose trilogy of pinball-esque games developed by
Toru Iwatani prior to his development of Pac-Man.
More baroque in design than his prior two video pinball tables, Cutie Q
places less emphasis on simple Breakout-esque mechanics and provides
more methods of achieving high scores for players. While virtual drop target
equivalents are still present, there are several new elements at play.
• The letters E-X-T-R-A appear on either side of the table in lanes, and pass-
ing the ball over each of them creates a score multiplayer.
• Two alleys of drop targets at the top of the board can be cleared out to re-
veal a bonus target, a yellow gumdrop-shaped creature, which can be taken
down for points that are tied to a rapidly cycling multiplier (1-9x 500 points).
• A narrow central alley exists at the top of the board, which fills in with
ghost-shaped targets each time the player serves the ball from the lower
paddle of this two-paddle game. Each time any amount of these ghosts is
destroyed with a shot, their individual point value increments by 100 points.
This creates incentive to risk allowing the ball to travel low on the board in
exchange for the reward of cueing up as many as four ghosts in the alley.
However, if four ghosts are already present and the ball connects with the
lower paddle, three ghosts despawn and they must be repopulated.
• Five smiling faces near the center of the board, illuminated by passing the
ball over them, create yet another score multiplayer.
Cutie Q also displays an interest by Iwatani in broadening the appeal of video
games. The table, while remaining a simple layout relative to what could be
accomplished by even contemporary pinball machines, introduces several
elements that would be further refined in 1980 into the seminal Pac-Man.
“giantbomb.com”
1979
162 Deep Scan
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Buttons: 2 [Drop Charge Left|
Drop Charge Right] Deep Scan is a fixed shooter arcade game,
Monitor
that was released by Sega on their Vic Dual This game was manufactured in four cabi-
hardware in 1979 and licensed to Gremlin net styles: upright arcade, cocktail, stand
CRT: Color Industries for US manufacture and distri- around and mini. Besides being a stand-
Sound Amplified Mono bution. alone game, Deep Scan was also released
(one channel) The gameplay is similar to that from Grem- with Head On 2 or Invinco! in dual game
Cabinet Styles Upright lin’s own Depthcharge - but it is in colour cabinets. The marquee was divided in half
Cocktail instead of monochrome, features a radar with one name on the left and the other on
that shows the positions of the enemy sub- the right. There were also two sets of con-
marines before they appear on the screen trols; one for each game.
and has a “rank” in the bottom-right cor- “strategywiki.org”
ner of the screen (to show a player how his The game was ported to the Atari 2600 in
score measures against those of the 99 pre- 1983 under the title of Sub Scan (known as
vious players). It also features red (“bonus”) Subterfuge during development), and was
submarines, and if players manage to drop included as a minigame in the Sega Saturn
a bomb on them, they will receive bonus port of Die Hard Arcade. This version re-
points for doing so; also, if a mine launched tains the original graphics but includes up-
by an enemy submarine hits their boat, it dated sound, and every 200 points earned
will sink it instead of reducing the amount will give the player an extra credit for use in
of points they will receive for all the subse- the main game.
quent submarines by half, given that this “segaretro.org”
game is life-based (instead of time-based).

When players reach a specific point value,
the mines will also begin moving faster -
and the more enemy submarines they miss,
the more mines will be aimed at their boat.
The game ends if players lose their last life
(instead of when they run out of time).
1979
163

Dive! Dive! Dive into the new video excite-
ment with Gremlin’s DEEP SCAN. This totally
new game pits your players’ battleship against
a pack of marauding submarines. While you
pack in the profits!
ALL DEEP SCAN action is in bright,
exciting color. There’s also an all new array of
authentic sounds. Like the realistic “beep” of
sonar. A warning claxon when the red bonus
sub appears. Explosions of depth charges and
mines. Even the sound of splashing water when
charges and mines break the surface.
Another new feature of DEEP SCAN is
the View Port. It shows your players the enemy
subs before they appear on the game screen,
so players can plan shots accordingly. There’s
also a new ranking feature, showing each play-
er how they measure-up against the machine’s
previous 99 players.
And built with Gremlin’s MultiPhase™
concept, DEEP SCAN keeps challenging your
players as they improve their skills. So DEEP
SCAN is sure to score a direct hit for your re-
play profit.
The game begins with a pre-selected number of
ships. You must watch the View Port to know
when to fire depth charges.
Plan your best shots, but be prepared for
packs of subs as they appear on the screen. Try
to hit as many subs as possible to increase your
score and gain bonus points.
When the special red sub appears, a hit
with depth charges wins you bonus points!
But it’s not as easy as it looks. Because
Gremlin’s MultiPhase™ keeps DEEP SCAN
a constant challenge. When you reach a high
point level. the mines come faster. At an even
higher score, the surface subs become more
likely to release mines. And the more subs you
miss, the more mines will be aimed at your
ship.
The game ends when all your ships are
sunk. But with DEEP SCAN, the fun never ends!
1979
164
Defend The Terra Attack On

The Red UFO
Release 1979/1981
Class Bootleg
Genre Space
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) Red UFO was released in March 1981. Developed and sold
Buttons: 1 [Fire] by Uko. The game was Uko’s last game. Uko went into bank-
Monitor ruptcy in March 1979.
Orientation: Vertical The game is very much in the vein of Galaxian. It has the
same basic gameplay. Players must destroy all the small fly-
CRT: Color
ing saucers then destroy the mothership.
(one channel) A bootleg of this game is Exodus, which has slightly improved
Cabinet Styles Upright graphics.
Destination Earth
Release 1979
Exodus Class Bootleg
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Release 1979 The game is a bootleg Gameplay Alternating
Class Bootleg of Lunar Rescue. The Panel Layout Single Player
Genre Shooter graphics are essential- Controls
Mode 2 Players Joystick: 2-way (left, right)
ly monochrome with
Gameplay Alternating Buttons: 2 [Thrust/Fire]
a separate circuit that
Panel Layout Single Player Monitor
Controls gives color to rectangu-
lar sections of the dis- Orientation: Vertical
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Buttons: 1 [Fire] play.
CRT: Color
Monitor Sound Amplified Mono
Orientation: Vertical (one channel)
CRT: Color
(one channel)
As a bootleg of Defend The Terra

Attack On The Red UFO, it plays
very much like Galaxian.
1979
Dodgem 165
Manufacturer Zaccaria
Release 1979 Dodgem is a 2-D maze racing game. Players control
Genre Racing their boat through the maze to pick up the dots while
Mode 2 Players at the same time avoiding the boat, or boats, that are
Gameplay Alternating constantly trying to ram them.
The player’s boat can travel at two speeds, a
Monitor
Orientation: Horizontal normal speed which is the same speed as computer-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution controlled cars, or if the player presses the controller
CRT: Color button, his or her car travels at a fast speed—double its
Sound Amplified Mono normal speed. The computer-controlled cars have only
(one channel) one speed. Players change lanes by pushing the control-
Cabinet Styles Upright ler in the appropriate direction when their car is near
one of the gaps in the roadway.
Double Block T3
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
The game sits in a cocktail cabinet to accommodate

two players. The premise of the game combines ele-
ments of Pong and Breakout. Players control three
separate paddles: the first used to hit the ball a la Pong,
the second used to prevent the ball in the opponent’s
territory from escaping through the back line, and the
third used to return the ball entering the player’s own
territory.
Block points are 20 for red, 40 for yellow, 60 for green
and 80 for purple. Scoring varies by the number of ral-
lies made by players, which are displayed at the side of
the screen. Game over occurs if the ball passes through
the back line, which opens when a player’s score ex-
ceeds 1000 points.
“segaretro.org”
1979
166
Field Goal
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1979 excerpt from the manual:
Class Wide Release Field Goal is a clone of the • 1 or 2 player game.
Genre Sports game Breakout, where the • 1 coin; 1 game (1 player)...
Mode 2 Players player must use the rotary 3 balls (adjustable to 5 balls)
Gameplay Alternating knob to control a paddle and • 2 coins; 2 games (1 player)
Panel Layout Single Player or 1 game (2 players)
hit the ball into the red, yel-
Controls
low and blue helmets on the • After inserting Coin(s), press
Rotary: Analog
Buttons: 1 [Serve] screen. Each time a row of either one two player button
Monitor helmets is cleared out, a new to start game.
Orientation: Vertical row will appear in its place. • After finish game-start mu-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution If the player hits the orange sic, helmets (blue, yellow, and
CRT: Color area towards the top of the red ones), the paddle and
Sound Amplified Mono screen, it will decrease the the ball will appear on the
(one channel) size of the player’s paddle. screen.
Cabinet Styles Upright Sometimes a football player • Turn the control knob to
Cocktail will appear, and if the ball move the paddle right or left
hits him, the player will earn and strike the ball.
bonus points. • Two players alternative play.
The game was ported to the • Scoring:
PlayStation 2 in 2007 as part A goal 300 pts.
of Taito Memories II Gekan. A blue helmet 40 pts.
A yellow helmet 30 pts.
A red helmet 20 pts.
1979
167
Fire One! is a player-versus-player or player-ver-

Fire One! sus-computer submarine showdown, designed
and programmed by David Rolfe, Ted Michon,
Manufacturer Exidy and Susan Ogg for Exidy in 1979. The cabinet is
Release 1979 split into two halves, with each player control-
Class Wide Release ling their first-person submarine perspective on
Genre Shooter their half of the screen.
Mode 2 Players simultaneous The primary objective of the game is to
find and destroy the enemy’s submarine, while
avoiding the enemy’s torpedoes. Through the
Controls
Steering: X Yoke with two buttons virtual periscope players are free to launch one
[Dive/Surface|Fire] of their 8 torpedoes to take out any of the en-
Monitor emy’s various ships for extra points. It takes
Orientation: Horizontal some time to reload each torpedo tube, so play-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution ers must be judicious in how they plan their at-
CRT: Color tacks.
Sound Unamplified Mono In addition to being able to control the
(requires one-channel amp) left/right rotation of the periscope, the game
Cabinet Styles Upright also features a submerge button which players
can use to temporarily hide from the enemy.
Holding this button down keeps them hidden
but also keeps them out of the action, allowing
the enemy free reign over the seas.
The game uses a Z-80 CPU. A DIP switch allows
the operator to set time per quarter, bonuses,
and sound during attract mode.
“mamedev.org”
MAN YOUR BATTLE STATIONS!

Exidy presents FIRE ONE, a one- or two-player
submarine simulation game. The most sophisti-
cated game ever! The better you play, the better
FIRE ONE becomes. No need to preselect your
skill level; FIRE ONE’s computer matches your
skill level and gives a real challenge to even the
best players.
The TV screen is divided electronically. A cabi-
net partition prevents your opponent from see-
ing your side of the TV (promotes greater com-
petitiveness among players), yet onlookers may
see both fields of action. Each player has a so-
nar view at the top of the screen and a periscope
view at the bottom of the screen (when not sub-
merged).
Don’t let Exidy’s “Fire One” slip into the depths
and away from your increased profit picture for
1979-80. Grab your periscope and check it out
today.
1979
168
Fortress
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Monitor
(one channel)
In Fortress, the player must defend a castle from cannonballs by inter-

cepting them with their own cannons before they hit it with gameplay
similar to Missile Command. If the player’s castle is hit eight times,
then it will be destroyed and the game is over.
“mobygames.com”

Introducing Gremlin’s New Video Game:
Fortress... A Solid Defense for YOUR Locations!
THE GAME setting is a raging battle between the enemy ship and the
fortress standing nearby. You defend the fortress from the assault by
enemy cannonballs! Intercept and destroy the enemy by firing your
cannons before the enemy hits the fortress. If an enemy cannonball gets
by, it will blow away part of the fortress! The game ends when the for-
tress is completely destroyed.
FORTRESS is a new single-player video from Gremlin,
and players will take it by storm!
PACKED WITH CHALLENGE;
SOUNDS: GREAT!
FORTRESS is a challenge on all skill levels. At first, only one enemy
cannonball flies toward the fortress. Then as you gain skill in knocking
out the enemy, more cannonballs fire upon the fortress! You really have
to aim accurately, and FAST! It all adds up to plenty of fun! And, plenty
of sounds! From the realistic sound of the flying cannonballs to the ex-
plosion when they hit the fort: All make FORTRESS even more fun!
1979
169
Galaxia
Manufacturer Zaccaria
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Galaxia is an Space shooter GalagaGalaxians

Clone.

Starship “Galaxia” travels the galaxy in search
of alien beings
Upon encounter the alien force sends squadrons
to attack “Galaxia”
Players uses controls to guide “Galaxia” in an en-
deavour to eliminate the alien force and attacking
squadrons.
1979
170
Galaxian
Manufacturer Namco
Release 1979
Class Wide Release and right at the bottom of the wrapa-
Genre Space round screen. The Galaxip can only
Board pin Galaxian Pinout have one shot on screen at a time.
Mode 2 Players The player defeats one swarm, only to
Gameplay Alternating have it replaced by another more ag-
Panel Layout Single Player gressive and challenging swarm in the
Controls next stage. A plain and repetitive star-
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) field scrolls in the background.
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Monitor
The game was designed to build and
Orientation: Vertical improve upon the formula of Taito’s
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution game Space Invaders, which revolu-
CRT: Color tionized the gaming industry upon
Sound Amplified Mono its release a year earlier. Galaxian in-
(one channel) corporated new technology into its
Cabinet Styles Upright dedicated arcade system board, the
Cocktail Namco Galaxian board. Unlike Space
Mini Invaders, which was black and white
and featured enemies that could only
move vertically and horizontally as
they descended, Galaxian had a color
Galaxian was developed by Namco
screen and enemies that descended in
and released in October 1979. It was
patterns and came from various direc-
published by Namco in Japan and im-
tions. The result was more complex
ported to North America by Midway
and difficult game play.
that December.
Soon after the Japanese release,
Galaxian expanded on the formula Namco partnered with the American
pioneered by Space Invaders. As in company Midway to release the game
the earlier game, Galaxian features in North America. Midway had previ-
a horde of attacking aliens that ex- ously published Space Invaders in the
changed shots with the player. In market, but had to seek new foreign
contrast to Space Invaders, Galaxian partners when Taito decided to mar-
added an element of drama by having ket their games themselves.
the aliens periodically make kamika-
Galaxian was very successful for Nam-
ze-like dives at the player’s ship, the
co and introduced several “firsts”. Al-
Galaxip. This made it the first game to
though not the first color video game,
feature enemies with individual per-
Galaxian took RGB color graphics a
sonalities. The game’s plot consists of
step further with multi-colored ani-
a title screen that displayed the mes-
mated sprites and explosions, differ-
sage “WE ARE THE GALAXIANS /
ent colored fonts for the score and
MISSION: DESTROY ALIENS”.
high score, the scrolling starfield, and
The gameplay is relatively simple. graphic icons that show the number
Swarm after swarm of alien armies at- of lives left and how many stages the
tack the player’s ship that moves left
1979
171
player had completed. It also features a within the same universe and on the same
crude theme song and more prominent timeline. As of January 2018, Galaxian is
background “music.” These elements com- the purported seventh entry in this time-
bine to create a look and feel that would set line and takes place between the events of
the standard for arcade games in the 1980s Galaxian³ and Galaga.
such as Pac-Man. Galaxian was one of the most widely pi-
Galaxian has spawned several follow-up rated motherboards during the early ‘80s.
games. The most popular of these was its Numerous hacks were made of the game
immediate successor, Galaga, which large- and featured slightly redesigned enemy
ly eclipsed its predecessor in popularity, in- characters and special bonus stages. The
troducing aliens attacking in intricate for- scrolling starfield and death explosion
mations, multiple shots, and bonus stages. were still familiar as those from Galaxian,
A third game in the series, Gaplus, was re- however. These hacks include: Galaxian
leased in 1984. As with Galaga, this was a Part 4, Galaxian Part X, Galaxian Turbo,
fixed shooter, with limited vertical move- and Super Galaxians.
ment (like Centipede). However, by 1984 The Galaxian world record has been the
the novelty of the Space Invaders formula focus of many competitive gamers since
had faded, and it was no longer successful. its release. The most famous Galaxian ri-
A fourth game, Galaga ‘88, was released in valry has been between British player Gary
1987, and imported to North America by Whelan and American Perry Rodgers, who
Atari Games; and a fifth and final game, faced off at Apollo Amusements in Pom-
Galaga Arrangement, was released as part pano Beach, Florida, USA, on April 6–9,
of the Namco Classic Collection Vol. 1, in 2006. Whelan held the world record with
1995. 1,114,550 points, until beaten by newcom-
The Galaxian flagship (also known as the er Aart van Vliet, of the Netherlands, who
“Galboss”) has made numerous cameo scored 1,653,270 points on May 27, 2009
appearances in other Namco games (like at the Funspot Family Fun Center in Weirs
Namco’s signature character Pac-Man and Beach, New Hampshire, USA.
the Special Flag from Rally-X, which also The original cabinet is white with a painted
went on to become recurring items in other picture of the player ship about to shoot a
Namco games). green dragonfly alien from the fleet. The
Galaxian is the oldest game retconned by painting is three color: Blue, Green same as
Namco to be included in the “United Gov- the T-molding and Black, and uses the en-
ernment Space Force” (UGSF) continuity, tire side area similar to original Pac-Man.
a meta-fictional organization Namco has
employed to suggest that a selection of their
games throughout the years have occurred
1979
172
excerpt from the Namco flyer:

The ultimate space war video game,
featuring a convoy of aliens determined Namco Upright and Cocktail versions
to annihilate the player’s Galaxip. The
player must destroy the aliens and also
out-maneuver enemy fighters that peel-
off from the main squadron at random.
Specifications:
Upright
1,740 mm (5.7 ft) H x 630 mm
(2.1 ft) W x 800 mm (2.6 ft) D
Weight: 92 kg (203 lbs)
Monitor: 20” Color
Cocktail Table
600 mm (2.0 ft) + 100 mm
adjustable H x 860 mm (2.8 ft)
L x 560 mm (1.8 ft) W
Weight: 54 kg (119 lbs)
Monitor: 14” Color
Midway version
1979
173
BONUS POINTS:
Double Points:
For lone green alien
attacking at random.
150 Points:
For hitting lone attacking
ship.
200 Points:
For hitting attacking flag-
ship with single escort.
300 Points:
For hitting attacking flagship
with two escorts.
Special 800 Points:

For destroying fighter es-
cort and flagship. (Escort
ships must be hit first.)
1979
174 German version
excerpt from the

Midway Cocktail flyer:
Galaxian, Midway’s new space wars
video game, features a full color mon-
itor and is available in a 1 or 2 player
upright or cocktail table model.
The player, controlling the Galaxian
defenders of the Earth, must destroy
a convoy of aliens that are equally de-
termined to annihilate him by firing
missiles. The defenders must protect
himself without the aid of barricades.
He must protect himself without the
aid of barricades. He must shoot down
not only alien army regulars, but also
out-maneuver and destroy enemy
fighter escort ships that peel off from
the main body of the alien squadron
at random.
Dimensions
33’ Deep
67’ High
25’ Wide
Dimensions
Height: 29” (73.63 cm)
Depth: 32” (81.25 cm)
Width: 22” (55.86 cm)
Midway Cocktail
1979
175
Apparatebau GmbH version

1979
176
Galaxian Part 4
Manufacturer G.G.I.
Release 1979 Galaxian Turbo
Class Hack/ROM Swap
Genre Shooter Manufacturer “Unknown”
Hardware Namco Galaxian Release 1979
Mode 2 Players Class Hack/ROM Swap
Gameplay Alternating Genre Shooter
Panel Layout Single Player This game is the same as Gal- Hardware Namco Galaxian
Controls axian except the graphics have Mode 2 Players
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) been altered and the game has Gameplay Alternating
Buttons: 1 [Fire] been made more difficult. Panel Layout Single Player
Monitor Controls
Orientation: Vertical Joystick: 2-way (left, right)
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Buttons: 1 [Fire]
CRT: Color Monitor
Sound Amplified Mono Orientation: Vertical
(one channel) Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Galaxian Part X
Manufacturer Nichibutsu
Release 1979
Class Hack/ROM Swap
Genre Shooter
Hardware Namco Galaxian This game is like Galaxian only
Mode 2 Players much faster and the aliens
Gameplay Alternating move in a different pattern.
Panel Layout Single Player This game is just like Galax-
Controls ian but the rate of fire is much
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) faster and the alien’s move-
Buttons: 1 [Fire] ments are more random.
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
1979
177
Space Invaders Galactica
Class Hack/ROM Swap
Genre Shooter
GT Roadster Hardware Namco Galaxian
Mode 2 Players
Manufacturer Ramtek Gameplay Alternating
Release 1979 Panel Layout Single Player
Class Wide Release Controls
Genre Racing Joystick: 2-way (left, right)
Mode 2 Players Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Panel Layout Single Player Orientation: Vertical
Controls Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Steering: Wheel CRT: Color
Shifter: 4-position (1/2/3/4) Sound Amplified Mono
Monitor (one channel)
The game is a hack of Galaxian. The
only difference seems to be a name
(one channel) change.
GT Roadster, released in December, 1979, is a projection screen

driving game in the mold of Kasco’s The Driver that used Super
8mm film cartridges.

Take the ride of your life -
with the newest racing game from Ramtek
GT Roadster gives you the feeling of realism you’ve never ex-
perienced in a game before. So realistic, you’ll think we should have
included a seat belt. Because the road you see is the real thing - film,
not TV animation. Add the feel of the wheel and the realistic sounds
of acceleration, braking, and crashing, and you’ve got a totally new
experience in arcade games.
And there’s more. With interchangeable film cartridges from
Ramtek, you can change to another game in a matter of minutes,
just by switching ROM’s, cartridges, and graphics.
• Built-in self-test mode
• High score of day
• High-quality mylar film
• Coin options: 1, 2, or 3 coins per play, or free play
• Operator adjustable free-play mode
• Adjustable time control and extended play
• Measured speed and distance
1979
178
Galaxy Wars
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Hardware Taito Classic
Mode 2 Players
sile collides with an alien ship, both are destroyed
and the remaining aliens all move slightly faster.
Controls
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) If the player’s missile is destroyed before reach-
Buttons: 1 [Launch/Thrust] ing the aliens, they lose a life.
Monitor Points are awarded for blowing up vari-
Orientation: Vertical ous ships and range from 50-550 depending on
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution the ship. There is a bonus chance of 600 points
CRT: Color for one pattern. After clearing a level or “pat-
Sound Amplified Mono tern” as the back of the flyer calls it, the player
(one channel) was rewarded with messages like “Good!!” after
Cabinet Styles Upright 3 screens cleared, “Very Good!!” after 7 screens
Cocktail
cleared, “Wonderful!!” after 10 screens cleared,
and “Fantastic!!” after 15 screens cleared. Play-
ers who failed to score any points were told to
Galaxy Wars is a vertically-oriented Ar- “Give Up!!” A launcher appears every 3,000 ad-
cade game first released in 1979 by Uni- ditional points (5,000 if the adjustment is made
versal Co. for the Japanese market. It is in the controlling dip switches in the arcade cabi-
loosely inspired by Taito’s Space Invad- net).
ers - Taito would produce the cabinets The game has a 1up and 2up player score
for Galaxy Wars. and High Score tallied at the top of the screen.
The goal of the game is to guide a mis- The arcade cabinet has one joystick to move the
sile directly upwards where the alien launcher left to right and guide the missiles.
invaders are scrolling horizontally. The
player must avoid the floating asteroids
between them and the
alien ships, as well as
evade the alien’s laser
projectiles. If the mis-
1979
179
KEEP YOUR EYE ON THE GAME
Get A Way Set your vehicles in low gear and rev up the
The car will not break up from the front as long
as the front bumper avoids a head-on collision. If
engine. Then, whoosh, you’re off. Keep a firm you mishandle the steering wheel or hit another
hand on the steering wheel and roar around the car at an oblique angle, you’ll lose half your front
Release 1979
circuit. (You’ll find you get better acceleration bumper - but you can still keep going.
Genre Driving game
Mode 1 Player when you start in low. And you get more points,
However, if you get hit in the same spot a second
Gameplay Single too!)
time, that’s the end. You go into a spin and burn
Panel Layout Single Player You’re on a slip zone. You can’t turn the steer- up. If your car crashes into the green stones at
Monitor ing wheel. The car slips and veers to the side. the side of the road, it catches fire and explodes.
Orientation: Vertical To get out of this zone, you have to be able to Also, depending on how you bump into the oth-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution handle the steering wheel expertly and master
CRT: Color er cars, your car may flip off the course and burn
the technique of axle operation. up.
(one channel) If this were our only feature, you’d soon get As your points pile up, the number of rival cars
Cabinet Styles Upright tired of it. That’s why GET-AWAY features increases. To control the axle, steering wheel
Deluxe strong, resilient car bodies that can survive col- and gears at the same time, you need to have su-
lisions and keep racing around the track. perior skills to win. This game is so exciting that
The rear bumper of the player’s car is super- you won’t be able to stop.
tough. If other cars bump you from behind, they
suffer the damage - not you! Also, the sides of
the car are sturdily built so that other cars can be
shoved aside and keep you on the track.
1979 Head On
180
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Maze
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Joystick: 4-way
Monitor
(one channel)
Cocktail
Mini
1979
181

Head On is an arcade game which was Presenting HEAD ON©, the incredible
released by Gremlin Industries in 1979 new computer road game.
(Irem also released a version on their All you have to do is clear the lane
M10 hardware in that same year); the markers in all 20 lanes. Each marker
player must use a single button to accel- progresses in value as winning heats are
erate a car around a maze which contains finished.
136 pellets, and a four-directional joy- Hit the accelerator button for a burst of
stick to make it change lanes while try- speed.
ing to avoid crashing into various other Shift the joy stick for quicker lane
(CPU-controlled) cars that are moving in changes.
the opposite direction. It’s the first maze But watch out!
game where the goal is to run over dots, There’s an oncoming car hurtling along
and Head On is considered a precursor to in the opposite direction... you must
Namco’s 1980 hit Pac-Man. But if players plan your course to avoid the explosive
do get forced to crash into one of the CPU- HEAD ON collision.
controlled cars they will have to start the But if he does get in your lane - CRASH!!!
maze over from the beginning - and this Four collisions and you’re out.
can get frustrating when there are three There’s even a built-in bonus, but you
CPU-controlled cars on screen. won’t see it until you play the game.
Sega later released this title in a dual- As an operator, you’ll be in the money
game cabinet with Data East’s Alpha as your customers try and try again to
Fighter. Konami’s Fast Lane arcade beat the weekly top scores.
game, released in 1987, is Head On with And HEAD ON is only the first of our all-
improved graphics and some additional new MultiPhase video concept games.
features. So as a player gets better at HEAD ON,
Head On was ported to the Com- HEAD ON gets tougher and tougher to
modore 64 in 1982, as well as the VIC-20, beat.
and Nintendo Game Boy. Head On later Which means a MultiPhase game keeps’
appeared in the Sega Saturn collection em coming back for more.
Sega Memorial Selection Vol.1 and in the Let Gremlin/Sega HEAD ON put you in
PlayStation 2 collection Sega Ages Vol. the fast lane to outstanding profits.
23. FEATURES:
A spiritual successor, Pacar, was • Number of player cars easily adjustable
released for the Sega SG-1000. The ver- • Games available in color or black and
sion features updated graphics, a faux 3D white
environment, multiple enemy cars that • Pre-tested, reliable circuitry
chase the player in varying ways, tun- • Attention-getting sounds
nels that exit the maze, and Power Pellets • Long-life controls
that are produced by the player to elimi- • Attractive, durable cabinets
nate enemy cars. These additions make it • Anti-static circuit for NO free games
more like a Pac-Man clone. • Complete service manual
A mobile phone version of Head • E-Z ADJUST™ controls for volume
On titled Sonic’s Head On was released and sound off during advertising
exclusively in Japan in 2000. • Cabinet size: 26” W x 67” H x 28” D
“strategywiki.org” Black/White game: 290 lbs.
Color: 330 lbs.
1979
182 Head On 2
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Maze
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Joystick: 4-way (up, down, left, right)
Buttons: 1 [Accelerate]
Monitor
CRT: Color
Cocktail
Mini
Head On 2 was released by Sega in

1979, and licensed to Gremlin In-
dustries for US manufacture and
distribution; as its name suggests, it
is the sequel to Gremlin’s own Head
On, which was released earlier in the
year. The player must again use a sin-
gle button to accelerate a car around
a maze (which contains 124 pellets),
and a four-directional joystick to
make it change lanes while trying to
avoid crashing into various other cars
that are moving in the opposite direc-
tion. The main feature that sets this
game apart from its predecessor is the
two areas on either side of the maze,
in which you could make a complete
revolution in order to reverse the
direction and travel in the same di-
rection as the CPU-controlled cars;
however, because the players car will
still die, if it gets forced to crash into
one of the CPU-controlled cars from
behind, there is now a chance of a
head-on collision and a rear-end col-
lision, and players still have to start
the maze over from the beginning, if
either of those things happen. There
can now also be up to four CPU-con-
trolled cars on the screen, which may
make it even more frustrating.
1979
Heiankyou Alien 183
Manufacturer Denki Onyko

Release 1979/1980
Class Wide Release
Genre Maze game, a unique cursor is employed where
Mode 2 Players the player selects a letter by having his
character walk through the street that
Controls
displays the desired letter. The game also
Joystick: 4-way (up, down, left, right) contains a two-player mode, where the
Buttons: 2 [DigBury] players can either alternate turns or play
Monitor on the same screen simultaneously.
Orientation: Vertical The arcade version uses a Zilog
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Z80 microprocessor, and the arcade sys-
CRT: Color tem board used is a copied version of the
Sound Amplified Mono (one channel) one used by Sega’s Head On. Since the
Cabinet Styles Cocktail original system board itself was a copy,
Heian-kyō Alien’s system board was easily
duplicated, and many of the units distrib-
Heiankyo Alien is a video game created uted to arcade centers were “copies of a
by the University of Tokyo’s Theoretical copy” created by other companies. Few of
Science Group (TSG) in 1979. The game the original units manufactured by Denki
was originally developed and released as Onkyō remain in place today.
a personal computer game in 1979, and Many copied arcade versions of the game
was then published by Denki Onkyō Cor- exist with differences in background color
poration as an arcade game in May 1980. and sound effects. Taito Corporation pro-
Heiankyo Alien was the first game in a duced a version with a light-blue back-
long lineage of trap-’em-up games. ground that recycled many sound effects
The player controls a Heian period police from Head On. The unit’s cabinet and in-
officer who must defend the capital city struction card were created specifically for
from an alien invasion by digging holes the version by Taito, but it is not known
in the ground and filling them back up af- whether the version was a licensed manu-
ter an alien falls inside. The player scores facture or a copy.
points for every alien trapped, and the Space Panic (1980) and its clones
quicker the hole is filled up after the alien (e.g. Apple Panic) also feature trappable
falls in, the higher the number of points aliens while Lode Runner’s (1983) ene-
are scored. The aliens increase in number mies are human guards.
as the levels progress, and they can escape The manga, Game Center Arashi, featured
from holes after a certain period of time a story involving Heiankyo Alien, making
elapses or if another alien passes above the game gain interest.
their hole. The player loses if he comes in
contact with an alien. There is a time limit
for each level, and the number of aliens
increases drastically when this limit is
reached, essentially preventing the player
from completing the level.
The player can enter his name
on the arcade machine if a high score is
reached. In the original version of the
1979
184
Invader Wars
Manufacturer World Vending
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Monitor
(one channel)
Invasion
Manufacturer Sidam
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Invasion is a clone of Space Monitor
Invaders. Atari and it’s Italian Orientation: Vertical
arm Bertolino succesfully sued Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Sidam for copyright violation. CRT: Black and White
(one channel)
1979
185
Invader’s Revenge
Manufacturer Zenitone Microtech
Release 1979
Invader’s Revenge put several new spins on Class Wide Release
the Space Invaders formula. Rather than fac- Genre Shooter
ing a formation of 55 invaders, there are few- Mode 2 Players
er than a dozen per any given screen. Even Gameplay Alternating
though the invaders look exactly like the
Monitor
forces players faced from the original arcade Orientation: Vertical
game, for the most part, they do not adhere to Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
the regular Invaders rule of moving to the side CRT: Black and White
and dropping down a notch when they reach Sound Amplified Mono (one chan-
a screen edge, as the invaders mostly move di- nel)
agonally. They also not only fire vertically, but Cabinet Styles Upright
diagonally as well, at times catching the play-
ers ship in a crossfire (which is what increases
the difficulty level with this game, as it is
much higher than most Invaders games at the top of the screen (which the ships
in general). Sometimes when an invader switch areas then, with the player’s ship
is shot, its body will quickly fall to the bot- appearing at the top while the refueling
tom of the screen and is deadly to a play- ship appears at the bottom) to be refu-
er’s ship upon contact. The small invad- eled. The player must first avoid several
ers will also, after several rounds, shrink squares in the middle of the screen, then
to half their width with every other move, dock with the center of the refueling ship
making them harder to hit. to refuel and earn a bonus, then the game
Players also have a fuel level to will start over at the beginning wave once
maintain, which occasionally an invader more.
will drop down vertically to pick up a fuel And unlike most other official
cell at the bottom of the screen. If they Space Invaders games or clones, there is
make it back up to the top of the screen no UFO that appears overhead, as the re-
with the fuel cell, a notch of fuel will be fueling ship cannot be shot.
deducted from the player’s total. There Being hit by any invader, bomb,
are also big bombs (bigger than the ones docking square, falling fuel cell, or not
the invaders fire) that drop from the top landing directly in the center of the refu-
of the screen during levels, which will also eling ship will destroy the player’s ship.
deduct fuel if they make contact with the The game will end when there are no more
bottom of the screen/player’s fuel supply. remaining ships or the player runs out
After several rounds, the player of fuel. An extra ship is awarded at 1500
must dock with the ship normally seen points.
This is a Space Invaders conversion that
was fairly common in the UK around
1980. It runs on Midway’s hardware
(EPROM swap), but it has a seperate
daughter board on the top of the three
board sandwich, to provide the unique
Invader’s Revenge music and sound ef-
fects.
“spaceinvaders.wikia.com”
1979
186
Invinco!
Invinco is a 1979 Space Invaders clone Release 1979
made by Sega. Though it is essentially the Class Wide Release
same game as Taito’s, the aliens don’t just Genre Shooter
move left and right - one row blinks in and Mode 2 Players
out of view, one row rolls about making it Gameplay Alternating
difficult to hit and another has aliens that Panel Layout Single Player
Controls
turn into exploding bombs when hit, taking
out everything around them. Buttons: 1 [Fire]
The game was manufactured in four cabi- Monitor
net styles: upright arcade, cocktail, stand Orientation: Vertical
around and mini. Besides being a stand- Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
alone game, Invinco! was also released CRT: Color
with Deep Scan or Head On 2 in dual Sound Amplified Mono
game cabinets. The marquee was divided (one channel)
in half with one name on the left and the
Cabinet
other on the right. There were also two Mini
sets of controls; one for each game.
Player Controls - These include Right and

Left Control Buttons for moving your warri-
or. There’s also a Fire Button for shooting at
enemy troops. And the one and two player
excerpt from the flyer: Start Buttons are prominently placed to en-
courage multi-player use.
The battle is on! And Gremlin’s new
INVINCO puts you right in the middle with Operator Controls - These feature Grem-
exciting new video fun. lin’s exclusive E-Z ADJUST™ controls for
All the INVINCO action is in thrill- volume and sound-off during advertising.
ing color. Realistic sounds heighten the You can also change the number of player
excitement with every shot you take and weapons to vary play time simply by setting
every enemy warrior you hit. The action is a switch on the logic board.
fast-paced, so it’s a real test of speed and
coordination.
1979
IPM Invader/ Capsule Invader 187
Manufacturer Irem
Release 1979 IPM Invader was developed by IPM (which would later be-
Class Wide Release
come known as Irem) in 1979. It is a clone of the original Space
Genre Shooter
Invaders. It uses a color monitor instead of a black and white
Mode 2 Players
Gameplay Alternating monitor with a color overlay.
Panel Layout Single Player It has the addition of the famous ‘coffee break’, whereas after
Controls every 3rd wave or pattern of invaders, the ‘coffee break’ ap-
Rotary: Rotational (left, right) pears. Another unique feature in IPM Invader is the ‘capsules’.
Rotary: 1 [Fire] When dip switch settings are changed to advanced settings, the
Monitor game becomes more difficult with the introduction of the UFO
Orientation: Vertical (mystery score ship) dropping ‘capsules’ that hatch into new
invaders. The ‘capsules’ cannot be destroyed until they hatch,
CRT: Color
Sound Amplified Mono and are dropped across the screen to defeat the players ‘narrow
(one channel) column’ strategy.
Cabinet Styles Upright It is also possible that the game was released as Capsule In-
Cocktail vader, also by Irem.
“spaceinvaders.wikia.com”
Long Beach
Manufacturer Olympia
Release 1979
Genre Racing
Long Beach by the Italian manufacturer

Olympia. This game is like Atari’s Sprint.
1979
188
Jatre Specter
Manufacturer Jatre
Release 1979
Class Hack/ROM Swap
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
This game is exactly like Space Invades
only faster.
Controls
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Kreepy Krawlers
Manufacturer Exidy
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Action
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Joystick: 8-way with button [Fire] The player controls a character that fights a variety of
Buttons: 2 [Roate Up|Rotate Down] bugs using a number of weapons.
Monitor
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution excerpt from the flyer:
Sound Amplified Mono • 1 or 2 player H 66.75 (169.545 cm)
(one channel) • Black and white 19” monitor W 25.25 (64.135 cm)
Cabinet Styles Upright • High score table D 32.00 (81.28 cm)
• Self test mode Operator selectable options
• Coinage
• Bonus score
• Number of weapons
1979
189
Kamikaze
Manufacturer Leijac
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Controls The game is a Astro Invader clone. Using
Buttons: 2 [Left|Right] buttons to move left, right and fire, play-
Buttons: 1 [Fire] ers attempt to ward off invading aliens and
Monitor their flying saucers. The aliens are dropped
Orientation: Vertical off from a saucer and stored in multiple col-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution umns until a column is full, then the aliens in
CRT: Color that column descend, one by one, and attack.
Although all the screen colors are gener-
(one channel)
ated by the game’s hardware as opposed to
Cocktail a screen overlay, there are varying bands of
color dependent upon where the aliens are
displayed vertically. At different heights, the
aliens and their saucers are displayed in vari-
ous colors. When a player’s ship is destroyed,
the entire display is drawn in red.
1979
190
Limbo
Release 1979
Class Prototype
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Monitor
(one channel)

“Limbo” is a unique, new game that fully utilizes the fea-
tures of TV. With all the attractions and amusement of
a pin ball machine, “Limbo” opens a new dimension in
TV games.
Use your paddle to return the ball against a bumper or
hit a variety of targets and build up points.
FEATURES
• A dancer dances across the screen when the ball hits
the bonus target.
• The bar under which the dancer passes comes in 3
heights; If the dancer is successful, you get bonus points.
(When the dancer fails, no bonus points are awarded.)
• You can make the action more difficult by using the dip
switch to bring another paddle into play.
• You can alter playing action by selecting replay points
and extra balls.
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimension
66.9” (H)
31.5” (D)
24.4” (W)
1979
191
Lunar Lander
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Space are awarded a small amount of fuel for
Board pin Lunar Lander Pinout good landings. The safe landing areas are
Mode 1 Player highlighted with a flashing bonus multi-
Gameplay Single
plier, which is higher for smaller areas. If
the module crashes—which happens if it
Controls
Buttons: Rotational (left, right) is moving too fast or rotated too far from
Throttle : Lever vertical when it touches the ground, or if
Buttons: 1 [Abort] the landing area is not flat—then a small
Monitor amount of points is awarded. When
Orientation: Horizontal the lander gets close to the surface, the
Type: Vector view changes to a close-up view of the
CRT: Black and White lander. The player has a limited amount
19-inch Electrohome G05-801 of fuel, which is consumed by control-
Sound Unamplified Mono ling the module. Whether the player
lands safely or crashes, the game starts
another round with a different set of ter-
rain and the player’s remaining fuel. The
game ends when the module touches the
ground after running out of fuel.
Lunar Lander is a single-player game
The game is controlled via two
in the Lunar Lander subgenre in which
buttons that rotate the module left and
the player attempts to land a lunar land-
right, a large handle that fires the thrust-
ing module on the Moon. The game is
er proportionally to how hard it is pulled,
displayed using black and white vector
and an “abort” button that rotates the
graphics and depicts a side-on view of
the terrain and the landing module. At
the top of the screen, the player is given
information on the module’s speed, alti-
tude, and fuel, along with the score and
time spent in the game. The terrain is
very jagged and has only a few flat ar-
eas appropriate for landing. The player
controls the orientation of the module
and fires the thruster in order to steer module back to vertical and fires the
the module to a landing area and land thruster, burning a large amount of
safely. The module is always displayed in fuel in an attempt to stop the module
the center of the screen, with the terrain from crashing. Each action uses fuel,
scrolling beneath it as it travels horizon- and when the fuel runs out the module
tally, wrapping the single screen-width no longer responds to the controls. The
of terrain endlessly. game features four levels of difficulty,
If the player successfully lands which adjust the landing areas and mod-
the module, they are awarded points ule controls. The highest difficulty causes
based on how softly the module landed the module to continue rotating after it is
and the difficulty of the landing site and turned until the player counters the ro-
1979
192
tation instead of only turning while the button

is pressed. The player can adjust the game’s
difficulty at any time during play. Unlike other
arcade games, Lunar Lander does not feature
a time limit; instead, the game starts with a set
amount of fuel and inserting additional quar-
ters purchases more fuel, allowing indefinite
gameplay. The amount of fuel gained per coin,
including the initial game starting-coin, is ad-
justable by the operator to set levels ranging
from 450 units to 5400 units.
The Lunar Lander concept was initially cre-
ated in 1969 as a text-based game called Lu-
nar, or alternately the Lunar Landing Game.
Many further versions of the game were de-
veloped over the course of the next decade; by
1979 the style of game was collectively seen as
its own subgenre. The first graphical version
of the subgenre, Moonlander, was released in
1973 by DEC, which commissioned a real-time,
graphical Lunar Lander game to demonstrate
the capabilities of its new DEC GT40 graphics
terminals.
After the release of the 1977 Cine-
matronics vector graphics game Space Wars,
Atari began work on their own vector graph-
ics engine, in which the graphics are construct-
ed by drawn lines instead of pixels like in the
more standard raster graphics engines. The
initial hardware design work was done by Cyan
Engineering, Atari’s research and development
subsidiary. Once it built an initial hardware
concept, the project was passed on to Atari
employee Howard Delman, who enhanced the
prototype engine into one that could be used
by game designers. Once it was done, he pro-
posed using the monochrome game engine for
a Lunar Lander game. Delman had previously
played Moonlander during a tour of NASA and
had played one of the text-based Lunar Lander
games in college. In Fall 1978 development of
the actual game began, with Delman in charge
of the hardware and Rich Moore, who had only
been with Atari for a few months and who had
also played a Lunar Lander game in college, fo-
cusing on the programming.
1979
193
Development began with Moore based games, and most later versions of
drawing out the game’s graphics on the concept are implicitly or explicitly
graph paper, after which the pair wrote based on the Atari version.
out the game’s code on paper for typ- In 1977, Atari produced Star
ists to transcribe. Delman and Moore Ship for the Atari 2600, which con-
worked closely together, bouncing tained several space-related games;
ideas off each other as Moore pro- one of these was titled Lunar Lander,
posed programming designs and Del- though despite the name its gameplay
man iterated the hardware design. One involved landing on a surface while
point of contention in the development avoiding enemy spaceships instead of
process was the difficulty of the game; the gameplay of the arcade game. While
Delman initially wanted the module to Atari did not produce any true sequels
move as realisticly as possible, but they or ports of the game, in 1981 Adventure
determined that the result was almost International produced a version of the
impossible to actually play. As Delman concept under the title Lunar Lander as
noted in an interview in 2010, “even the part of a series of arcade game clones
real lunar landers had computer as- for the TRS-80 and Atari 8-bit comput-
sist!” Eventually, they settled on includ- ers, which, though featuring differences
ing four difficulty levels, as compared from the Atari version, was advertised
to Moonlander’s three, though Delman hardware could not draw enough lines fast enough to as “an arcade game simulation”. At
has referred to the hardest level as “one handle the detail. He also wanted to add in a McDonald’s least one other arcade game based on
of the most painful difficulty spikes in location easter egg, as was present in Moonlander. Over the Lunar Lander concept was devel-
gaming”. a year after development started, Lunar Lander was re- oped around the same time, the non-
Delman chose the large han- leased in August 1979, just after the tenth anniversary of vector graphics game Lunar Rescue by
dle used to control the thruster: Atari the first manned Moon landing, though Atari did not link Taito.
initially planned to use a standard joy- this connection in its marketing of the game. In 1980, Asteroids and Lunar
stick, but he wanted a control with more Lunar Lander proved moderately commercially suc- Lander became the first two games
physicality, including adding a rubber cessful, selling 4,830 cabinets. Cash Box noted in Sep- to be registered in the United States
pad at the bottom to give players the im- tember 1979 that the machines were very popular with Copyright Office, though Burness has
pression that they could pull harder for customers. It was Atari’s first vector graphics game and claimed that Atari also attempted to
a little more thrust. The thrust control the first multiple-perspective video game with the inclu- patent the game design, which was re-
has ten levels of thrust, as compared sion of the up-close view of the lander. Atari developed a jected due to his prior Moonlander.
to the single on or off level of thrust in two-player version of the game, but only two prototypes In 2012, for the 40th anniversary of
previous Lunar Landers, though Moore were ever made as it did not enter production. The two- Atari’s founding, it released a set of its
has noted that this gives players more player version was cancelled as Lunar Lander’s popular- early games as browser-based games as
incorrect options to choose from. The ity was soon overtaken by Atari’s Asteroids (November the “Atari Arcade”; Lunar Lander was
game’s font was designed by Ed Logg 1979), which used the same vector graphics engine and one of the initial set of eight games.
and used for several other Atari vector which had initially been based on Lunar Lander’s code. That same year, Lumen Prize-winner
graphics games. Several planned ideas Atari ceased production early on Lunar Lander in favor Seb Lee-Delisle presented his “Lunar
had to be cut from the game during of shipping Asteroids games in Lunar Lander cabinets; Trails” art installation at the Science
development. Delman has stated that the first 300 Asteroids games were released with Lunar Gallery in Dublin, in which a machine
chief among these was retaining a cra- Lander artwork on the side. The Atari Lunar Lander was draws out the cumulative paths taken
ter where the player’s previous space- the most popular version to date of the “Lunar Lander” by players of a Lunar Lander arcade
ships had crashed; it was cut as the new concept, surpassing the prior Moonlander and text- game.
1979
194
Another Atari FIRST! Various points are awarded for differ- Abort! A chance to try for the bet-
From Atari advanced computer technology, a ent types of landings: “good”, “hard”, even for ter score. If the spacecraft is hopelessly out
unique new concept... a crash. There’s plenty of scoring opportuni- of position or in danger of crashing, activation
Lunar Lander™ is the first one play- ties because a new mission begins after each of the “Abort” button will generate maximum
er game to authentically simulate an actual landing. The competition for higher scores is escape thrust and reset the display for a new
moon landing mission. irresistible! approach.
Lunar Lander™ provides the thrills, Add-a-Coin™ Feature encourages con-
4 player-selectable “Missions”.
the realistic “feel”, of controlled space flight! tinues play.
The game begins with the selection of one of
Players are challenged to control thrust and Players set their own game time. Each addi-
four different “missions” rated according to
rotation of a lunar landing craft to counteract tional coin adds extra Fuel Units of time-play.
degree of difficulty. Players can progress from
simulated gravitation pull, momentum and
“Training” to “Cadet” to “Prime” to “Com- Exclusive Operator Profit-Options.
friction.
mand”. Game Time: Game time is operator-
As skill increases, a more difficult mis- adjustable to 450, 600, 750, or 900 “Fuel
sion can be player-programmed to keep Lu- Units” per credit. Fuel Units are spent when-
nar Lander a constant challenge. ever the Thruster is used, when a mission is
Spectacular visual effects. aborted, or when there is a crash.
Crash! If the spacecraft is not land- A warning signal alerts players when
ed precisely level, the spacecraft will crash Fuel Unit level is down to 100. (It also re-
and explode, sending debris flying into outer minds players to buy extra Fuel Units.)
space. Four Languages: Operator may se-
Readouts: “Score”, “Time” (for cur- lect English, French, German or Spanish vid-
rent landing), “Fuel” (game time), “Altitude”, eo message presentation.
“Horizontal Speed” and “Vertical Speed” are Coinage: Left coin mech registers 1
digitally displayed. credit per coin. Right coin mech is adjustable
Humorous messages also appear after to 1, 4, 5, 6 credits per coin.
each mission to delight the player and add to Built-in Self-Test System.
the fun. Lunar Lander’s self-test diagnostic
Closeup landing action. system offers light-speed trouble-shooting
As the spacecraft nears the target landing site, wherever you moonbase.
Atari’s unique vector monitor automatically Dimensions.
displays a 2X magnification of the terrain and Height: 71.87”, 182.54 cm; Width: 25.25”,
spacecraft. 64.14 cm; Depth: 32”, 81.28 cm; Monitor: 19”
Players and spectators get a larger, B/W
clearer view of the final landing maneuver. Land in the Crater of Remuneration.
Scoring. More incentive! More cashbox Put Lunar Lander to work now. Get all
action. A crash awards 5 points, a “hard” the details on this year’s space action block-
landing 15. A “good” landing awards 50 buster! Contact the mission controllers at
points... plus 50 Fuel Units of game time! your local Atari distributor, today!
“Score Multiplier” Landing Sites.
Bonus Points! At the start of each new pass,
various landing sites are randomly designat-
ed by blinking numbers. A landing on one of
these sites multiplies the basic “landing” score
1979
195

Lunar Lander™ is a one-player coin-op-
erated electronic game that simulates landing a
manned spaceship on the moon. Various video-
display phases indicate score, time elapsed dur-
ing this landing mission, fuel units consumed,
altitude above the moon, and horizontal and
vertical speed. The fuel consumption and both
speed readings are important for the player to
determine how to land the craft. Realistic en-
gine rumble and crash sounds accompany game
play. A high beep warns of an almost-depleted
fuel supply, whereupon players can add coins
to automatically extend the game and “fill up”
their fuel tanks. Depending on the quality of the
landing or the crash, various messages are dis-
played on the screen.
The Lunar Lander game has four basic
modes of operation: attract, ready-to-play and
self-test. The attract mode starts after power-
up, after the play mode, or after the self-test. It
ends when a coin has been inserted into either
coin slot. The ready-to-play mode follows the
attract mode and begins after a coin has been
inserted. It ends with the pressing of the LED
start switch.
The play mode begins immediately after
the ready-to-play mode, when a player presses
the start switch. (The game does not automati-
cally start after a certain time has elapsed, i.e.,
pressing the start switch is the only way Lunar
Lander will being the play mode.) The self-test
is a special mode used for verifying proper game
operation. It begins with the self-test switch set
to on, and ends when the switch is set to off.
Due to its solid-state circuity, this Atari
unit should require very little maintenance and
only occasional adjustment.
The exterior of the game cabinet and the
three acrylic panels may be cleaned with any
non-abrasive household cleaner. If desired, spe-
cial coin machine cleaners that leaves no residue
can be obtained from your local distributor. Do
not dry-wipe any of the acrylic panels, because
any dust can scratch the surface and result in
fogging the plastic.
1979
196
Lunar Rescue
Lunar Rescue, also known as Galaxy Res-
Manufacturer Taito cue, is an arcade game released by Taito
Release 1979 in November 1979. The gameplay has
Class Wide Release some resemblance to both Taito’s own
Genre Space 1978 hit Space Invaders (and is some-
Hardware Taito 8080 times listed as a Space Invaders spin-off)
Board pin Lunar Rescue Pinout
and Atari’s Lunar Lander (released just
Mode 2 Players
several months earlier).
Panel Layout Single Player The game starts with the player’s space-
Controls craft docked inside the mothership at
Buttons: 1 [Fire/Thrust] the top of the screen. Below the mother-
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) ship is an asteroid field and below that,
Monitor the surface of the moon. There are three
Orientation: Vertical platforms which can be landed on and six
stranded astronauts that need rescuing.
CRT: Color
Players control a small spacecraft. They
(one channel) must press the button to release their
Cabinet Styles Upright spacecraft from the mothership and ma-
noeuvre through the asteroid field. The
craft can only move left or right or use up
a finite amount of fuel by engaging the
thrust (the same button again) to slow its
descent. If the craft is landed successful-
ly on one of the available platforms, one
of the astronauts will run towards and
board the craft.
The asteroid belt now changes into
a swarm of flying saucers, some of which
drop bombs. Players must now guide the
spacecraft back up to the mothership
(the craft ascends without using up fuel),
avoiding the flying saucers. The thrust
button is now a fire button which can
be used to shoot at enemies above (as in
Space Invaders). Finally, the craft must
be docked with the mothership using the
bay opening. If the side of the mother-
ship or any part of the ship outside of the
opening is hit, the rescued astronaut falls
to the surface and dies. If the mothership
is missed altogether, the craft explodes.
After all six people have been rescued (or
killed providing the player still has lives
remaining), the game starts again at a
higher level.
1979
197
Play Instructions for Lunar Rescue • Landing six (6) times in a frame-astro-
• Select game for one or two players. naut-rescue points and remaining fuel
• Push red button to descend from points are added to your score.
mother ship to rescue astronauts. • Flying saucers destroyed score 30 or
• Find a landing are as you avoid crash- 50 points.
ing into shooting stars. • Rescue all six (6) astronauts in a frame
• Pushing red button will control the for bonus points.
landing speed of the rescue ship. Pushing red button produces different
• After landing, return to mother ship. effects at different stages of play. At be-
• Push red button to shoot at flying sau- ginning of game push red button to leave
cers. Control rescue ship to dock with mother shop. Enroute to landing, push
mother ship. red button to slow your descent and avoid
• When docking is accomplished and as- meteorites. Enroute to docking push red
tronauts saved, the following points are button to:
scored: A. Fire missiles
1st frame 50 points each astronaut B. Accelerate vessel speed
2nd frame 100 points each astronaut On your way to deck into the mother
3rd frame 150 points each astronaut ship, shoot down as many enemy vessels
4th frame 300 points each astronaut as you can. This will enable you to score
5th frame 300 points each astronaut points for docking and points for enemy
• One rescue ship will be awarded when vessels.
score reaches 3,000 points.
The game uses hardware similar

or identical to Taito’s Space In-
vaders and supposedly a ROM
swap will convert one game to
the other.
1979
198 Meteorites
Manufacturer Video Gelectronic Games
Release 1979
Class Bootleg
Genre Shooter
Master’s Game Monitor
Manufacturer Olympia Type: Vector
Release 1979 CRT: Black and White
Genre Breakout Sound Amplified Mono
Cabinet Styles Upright (one channel)
Master’s Game was made in Italy.

Meteorites is a bootleg version of Atari’s Asteroids, most
It’s similar to Break-out.
commonly seen around Canada.
The game was perhaps distribut-
It’s virtually identical to the Atari, except it comes up
ed under the brand name Leante
with “METEORITES BY VGG” in place of the (C)Atari
Games.
etc. at the bottom of the screen, and the logo flashes as
well. There are a few changes in the sounds, looks like
just some resistor and capacitor values altered to make
the sounds that bit different. It’s almost identical to the
Atari layout, except it’s running on TMS2716s - the tri
voltage variant of the regular 2716, and has extra regula-
tors for the voltages they need.
“andysarcade.de”
Meteor Part II
Manufacturer Hoei (?)
Release 1979 (?)
Genre Shooter
Meteor Part II was probably and As-

teroids clone.
The only picture of the machine

I managed to track down
1979
199
Rip Cord
Manufacturer Exidy
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Skill
Controls
Rotary: Special [Drift]
Buttons: 1 [Jump]
D-Ring
Monitor
(one channel)
Meteoroid
Release 1979
Class Bootleg
Rip Cord was designed and programmed by Genre Shooter
Arlan Granger. The goal of the game is to jump Gameplay Alternating
out of the plane and land safely on one of the Panel Layout Single Player
many targets down below. The challenge is to Monitor
avoid the numerous enemy helicopters that Orientation: Horizontal
occupy the sky in between the plane and the Type: Vector
ground.
Players control the timing of their jump (one channel)
with the Jump button, at which point they par- Cabinet Styles Upright
achutist begins hurtling toward the ground out Cocktail
of control. Pressing the D-Ring button shortly
afterwards releases the chute and slows the de-
scent. More importantly, it allows players at Meteoroid is a bootleg of Asteroids. The
this point to control their left/right position via arcade machine has laminated glass
the paddle control to help them avoid the en- bezel and marquee. Game PCB is clone
emies. of Asteroids Rev. 2.
“mamedev.org”
1979
200
Monkey Magic
Release 1979
Genre Breakout
Mode 2 Players
Magic Monkey has a wide variety of
Gameplay Alternating special score elements to make it fresh
Panel Layout Single Player and interesting. Some include;
Monitor • Hitting one of the monkey’s eyes will
Orientation: Vertical close it, scoring extra points. After some
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution time the eye will open again. If players
CRT: Color manage to get both closed at he same
Sound Amplified Mono time, they will score extra points
(one channel) • Players can move the arrows labbled
Cabinet Styles Upright ‘1’, ‘2’ and ‘3’ up, to open the monkey’s
Cocktail
mouth. Now they can start hitting his
teeth.
• If players touch his nose, the ball
Monkey Magic is a Nintendo arcade speeds up.
game similar to Breakout. Although • Players should avoid the little mon-
clearly based on it, enough new ideas are key heads dropping down, as they will
added to call it a game in its own right, bounce the ball back before it can hit
not a clone. The goal is to use the pad- any of the blocks.
dle and a bouncing ball to destroy a giant Monkey Magic does not have
monkey face at the top of the screen. Hit- multiple screens or stages. Blocks that
ting it in different places awards different have disappeared reappear again after
scores. Sometimes a block will drop, and some time. It is all about racking up the
if players catch it, they get extra points. highest score. The game becomes grad-
If the ball falls past the paddle, they lose ually more difficult, as the ball speeds
a life. up and the number of small monkey
“mobygames.com” heads dropping down increases.
“beforemario.com”
1979
201
Ozma Wars
Manufacturer SNK Ozma Wars is a 1979 fixed shooter ar-
Release 1979 cade game, and the very first game
Class Wide Release developed and published by SNK,
Genre Shooter who were still known as “Shin Nihon
Mode 2 Players Kikaku” at the time. The game is also
Gameplay Alternating known as the second ever vertical shoot
Panel Layout Single Player ‘em up game, after Taito’s Space In-
Controls vaders (which ran on the same arcade
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) hardware), but is also additionally
Buttons: 1 [Fire] known as the first game with disparate
Monitor “levels”. The game is also notable for
being the first action game to feature a
CRT: Black and White supply of energy, resembling a life bar,
Sound Amplified Mono a mechanic that has now become com-
(one channel) mon in the majority of modern action
Cabinet Styles Upright games. The game allowed the player to
Cocktail refuel energy between each level, and
it featured a large variety of alien en-
emies.
The player controls a space craft which
must fend off UFOs, meteors, and com-
ets. Instead of lives, the player is given
an energy reserve that is constantly
diminishing; getting hit by the enemy
causes gameplay to stop momentar-
ily and a large amount of energy is de-
pleted. Every so often, a mothership
will appear and dock with the player’s
spacecraft, allowing the energy to be re-
filled. There are 3-4 recognizable stages
as the game progresses and new en-
emies begin to appear. After these, the
mothership will appear, and the cycle
starts over; this continues indefinitely
until the energy reaches zero.
There are two known bootleg versions
of this game called Space Phantoms
and Solar Flight. In Space Phantoms
the player’s ship looks like an angel,
and the enemies appear as different
types of insects. Due to the game be-
ing monochrome and a conversion kit
for Space Invaders, many Ozma Wars
monitors still utilized the Space Invad-
ers color overlay.
1979
202
Moon Base
Manufacturer Nichibutsu
Release 1979
Genre Shooter
Cabinet Styles Upright excerpt from the manual:
Cocktail • The game may be played by one or two
people.
• Insert coins.
Nihon Bussan had to settle with Tai- • Select one or two player button.
to by paying a license fee to launch a • MONSTERS appear on the screen with
copy of Space Invaders titled Moon their sound of attack. Also moon bases
Base.The same year, the company which avoid the bombs from monsters and
issued brochures that listed both laser gun which attacks the monster appear
Moon Base as original works of Ni- below the screen.
hon Bussan. • Shooting down UFO and monster by
pushing firing button, sliding laser gun to
3 versions were made, Moon Base,
the right or left by moving the control lever
clone of Space Invaders (black and
to avoid bombs from monster.
white), Moon Base Spector, clone of
• When the laser gun is destroyed by mon-
Space Invaders (color), and Moon
ster, the other player can play. (In case of
Base Zeta, clone of Space Invaders
double game)
Part II, which is in MAME.
1979
203
Rolling Crash
The player control a small car When playing rolling Crash a red car (mi- Manufacturer Nichibutsu
that attempts to collect the dots cro-computer-controlled) is driven on a Release 1979
while trying to avoid crashing course and the player tries to avoid a colli- Class Wide Release
into the other car. sion with his yellow car by changing lanes Genre Racing
Mode 2 Players
with a lever. A point is scored when targets
are wiped out on a lane. The yellow car’s
speed is controlled by a button. The racing Monitor
course is figure-eight-shaped. In 2, 4, 6 or Orientation: Vertical
8 patterns, other lanes are opened, which Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
causes the cars to reverse. It is an extremly CRT: Color
thirlling game. Sound Amplified Mono
(one channel)
Cocktail
2 in 1 Versions
Rolling Crash/Moon Base
1979
204
Phantom II
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Joystick: 8-way with button [Fire]
Monitor
(one channel)
Phantom II is a vertical scrolling shooter; it

utilizes an Intel 8080 microprocessor (run-
ning at: 1.9968 MHz), and the player must
use one 8-way joystick to take up control of
a Phantom aircraft that is always moving
forward, with a single button to make it fire
shots at enemy aircraft for points. However,
the enemies will hide behind clouds, and
the Phantom will have to activate its radar
to reveal their positions - and a player will
receive extra points for killing enemies with
the radar activated. If the Phantom gets hit,
its pilot will be ejected into the air and para-
chute away off the bottom of the screen, be-
fore flying back into view from the bottom
of that screen, in a replacement plane (for
as with many other early Midway arcade
games, the gameplay is time-based as op-
posed to life-based, and it shall be extended
if you manage to reach a certain point value
before the timer runs out; in a two-player
game the game will switch from the first
player to the second once his time is up). It
is also worth noting that despite its name,
this game is not a sequel to a game named
“Phantom”
1979
Rotary Fighter 205
Manufacturer Kansai Seiki Seisakusho Co

Shuttle Invader
Release 1979
Manufacturer Omori Electronics Co.
Genre Shooter Release 1979
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Monitor
The game is a a copy of Space Invaders.

In February 1980, KASCO went bankrupt
(because the Space Invaders boom had
ended, many small video game companies
went bankrupt).
Solar Fight
Manufacturer “unknown”
Release 1979
Class Bootleg
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players Shuttle Invader is a Space Invaders clone that
Gameplay Alternating was released only in Japan by Omori Electron-
Panel Layout Single Player ics Corp. It features a tank rolling back and forth
Controls between bunkers while shooting shuttle invad-
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) ers. The game has a black and white monitor
Buttons: 1 [Fire] but the screen is painted with multicolored lines
Monitor
to simulate color play. Very little information is
available on the game as the Omori company
CRT: Black and White now makes automobile gauges and other auto
Sound Amplified Mono electronics.
(one channel) “arcade-museum.com”
A bootleg of Ozma Wars.

1979
206
Safari Rally
Manufacturer SNK Safari Rally is a maze game where the player
Release 1979
guides a car through a maze-like forest collect-
Class Wide Release
ing coins while avoiding an enemy cars and
Genre Maze
Mode 2 Players
snakes.
Gameplay Alternating Each coin that is collected has a dif-
Panel Layout Single Player ferent point value. Small coins are worth ten
Controls points, medium coins are worth 20 points and
Joystick: 4-way large coin are worth 30 points.
(up, down, left, right) This was the second SNK game, the first was
Monitor “Ozma Wars”.
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution In the the original Japanese arcade flyer ‘SNK
CRT: Black and White Original Games’, it shows a poor translation of
Sound Amplified Mono the name of the game as ‘Safari Rary’.
(one channel)
Cocktail
1979
207

“JUNGLE ADVENTURE IN VIDEO”
FEATURES
The 20”/14” color monitor captures the real-
ism and excitement of Safari Rally driving.
At the flick of a switch, a white car approaches.
You must avoid it and select the safest course,
in a maze. When the first formation of dots is
extinguished, 2 opposite cars dash at you from
the upper screen. You must avoid them and
run over the “LION” and “SNAKE” in order to
score mystery points.
NEVER BE OFF GUARD, SKID ZONES ARE
DONGEROUS!
When 4 patterns are cleared, 3 cars rush at
you!! Only skilled drivers make it!! Now is the
time to experience “SAFARI” driving!!
INSTRUCTIONS
• Insert-coin(s).
• Select game for one or two player.
• Control your car to clear dots as you avoid
crashing into computer-controlled cars.
• Pushing speed button will increase the speed
of your car.
• Scoring points: 10, 20, or 30 points per dot.
• When all dots in a frame are cleared, bonus
points are added to your score.
• The number of computer-controlled cars is in-
creased to:
“2” ... in 2nd, 3rd, and 4th frame
“3” ... in and after 5th frame
• When your car hits lion or snakes, some mys-
tery points are scored. But, when your car nears
the mouth, your car will disappear.
• One car will be awarded when score reaches
5,000 points.
DIMENSIONS
(Upright) (Table)
Height ................ 68” 24”-28”
Depth ................. 35” 22”
Width ................. 24” 34”
1979
208
Side Trak
Manufacturer Exidy excerpt from the flyer:
Release 1979 • Intrigue, palm-sweating excitement of an
Class Wide Release Orient Express
Genre Action • If you liked CRASH, you’ll LOVE Side Trak
Mode 2 Players • Score points as you pick up passangers along
Gameplay Alternating the track
Panel Layout Single Player • Computer-controlled “drone” train opposes
Controls
players
Buttons: 1 [Accelerate]
Joystick: 4-way • Authentic “whistle-stop” sound
(up, down, left, right) • Daily high score display
Monitor • Accelerated-speed control button
Orientation: Horizontal • Switch onto “Side Trak” to avoid collision
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution • Optional BEAT THIS SCORE feature
CRT: Black and White • Operator-adjustable coinage
Sound Unamplified Mono • Operator-adjustable plays
Side Trak is a black & white man-versus- points. Passengers picked up from each
machine game where the goal is to pick up successive inner track are worth an addi-
all of the waiting passengers with the train tional 10 points. On top of that, passengers
while avoiding the computer-driver “killer picked up when players have additional
engine” which aims to take players out in a cars in tow add another 10 points to car.
head-on collision. Players can control their Side Trak is the first of several games that
train via the “fast” button which allows were developed on a common Exidy plat-
them to temporarily increase the speed on form which would eventually become host
the tracks. Players can also use the joystick to their most popular games. Early revi-
to switch between several tracks at various sions of the platform — Side Trak included
junction points. — had custom sound generators tailored
Each time players make a complete for each game, along with a primitive tone
circuit around the track and pass the start generator that could play one of two very
marker on the outside track, another car short preprogrammed sequences of notes.
is added to their train. Passengers picked (Later games eventually included a com-
up from the outermost track are worth 10 mon sound system.)
“mamedev.org”
1979
209
Space Combat
Manufacturer “unknown” Solar War
Release 1979
Class Bootleg Manufacturer Atari
Genre Shooter Release 1979
Gameplay Alternating Class Prototype
Panel Layout Multiple Player Genre Pinball
Monitor Mode 2 Players
Orientation: Vertical Gameplay Alternating
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Panel Layout Single Player
CRT: Black and White Monitor
with a Color Overlay Orientation: Vertical
Sound Amplified Mono Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
(one channel) CRT: Black and White
(one channel)
Space Combat is a clone of Taito Space Invaders, Cabinet Styles Upright
with a slight difference where the Mother Ship has
a level of intelligence. It appears to have three dif-
ferent characteristics patterns; comes out and travels
across the screen, comes out, travels half way across
then turns back to its entry point side of the screen,
comes out and then turns back straight away. The In-
vaders have their regular pattern and attributes.
Atari made 5 prototypes as a sequel/

follow up to the 1979 Video Pinball.
But with the success and demands of
games like Asteroids, Battlezone, etc
this game was set aside. On a side note
it was also suppose to be “SUPERMAN”
but licensing on it fell short. So in-game
text was quickly changed to (SolarWar)
which has the same number of letters
as Superman since the programing was
already finished. Later that year Atari
released Superman as a full wide body
pinball and the Solar War project was
later shelved and reportedly sold off to a
Greek distributor/operator company as
a kit BITD. Only 3 original Solar Wars
are left known to exist.
“This Old [email protected]”
1979
210
Space Fighter
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter Space Phantoms
Mode 2 Players
Gameplay Alternating Manufacturer Zilec
Panel Layout Single Player Release 1979
Monitor Class Wide Release
Orientation: Vertical Genre Shooter
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution Mode 2 Players
CRT: Color Gameplay Alternating
Sound Amplified Mono Panel Layout Single Player
(one channel) Controls
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Monitor
An alien invader shooter from Sega. Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
No information or pictures where CRT: Black and White
found other than a mention on Sound Amplified Mono
arcade-museum-com (one channel)
Space Phantoms is a copy of Ozma

Wars with new graphics and super-
natural theme.
Players, as an angel, shoot advanc-
ing witches, ghosts, shooting stars
and other dark spectres before their
energy runs out. Players become
reenergized by entering a coffin.
1979
211
SOS
Manufacturer Namco
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Hardware NAMCO 8080
Mode 2 Players
Monitor
CRT: Color
One of the reasons this game is infamous, is
(one channel) because of the “coffee breaks” it takes after
every 2000 points, depicting a young wom-
an above the text of “X000 TEN, COFFEE
BREAK” (X being any even number and ten,
SOS was the last of the three monochromatic ar- written in Kanji as “points” in Japanese); on
cade games released by Namco, in early 1980; the first two times, she will be wearing a bi-
the first two were Navalone and Kaitei Takara Sa- kini, but if the arcade owner has set the “nu-
gashi (and the latter was originally created by K. K. dity” dip switch to “on”, she will be topless
Tokki as a prototype). It’s a fixed shooter in which after 6000 points, and completely naked af-
players must use a 2-way joystick to direct a fighter ter 10000 points. As a result, this could be
plane known as a “Shinryaku” across the bottom of considered the first game from Namco that
the screen while enemy planes fly down towards it is not suitable for all ages, eight years before
from the top of the screen - and they can press the their Japan-exclusive beat ‘em up of Splat-
Firing Button to make the Shinryaku fire bullets terhouse was released - and they would not
from its nose at the enemy planes to destroy them feature nudity in any of their subsequent
for 10 points apiece. Players can only fire one bullet games, at least not until another of their
at a time, and if they miss, they have to wait for the Japan-exclusive titles, Dancing Eyes, was
bullet to go off the top of the screen before they can released in 1996.
try again - and occasionally, a flashing arrow will
appear and point to either side of the screen, while
an “SOS” signal is being heard in Morse Code. If
players can manage to make it to that side of the
screen before it disappears, they’ll receive 30 extra
points, and the number of enemy planes that have
bypassed their Shinryaku will decrease by 9 (but if
it is under 9, it will have no effect); if the number
of enemy planes that have bypassed the Shinryaku
amounts to 100, the game will immediately end re-
gardless of how many lives players have remaining,
which can be annoying for all players who have not
lost a single life. It’s also worth noting that when
players fire a shot at an enemy plane to kill it, the
resulting explosion can kill the Shinryaku as well -
and this may also be annoying for the players who
can’t get away in time.
1979
212
Space Attack Space Attack is a fixed shooter ar-

cade game that was released by Sega
Manufacturer Sega in 1979; it was the first title to run on
Release 1979 their then-new Vic Dual hardware (a
Class Wide Release Zilog Z80 running at 1.93356 MHz)
Genre Shooter and appears to be a clone from Taito
Hardware Sega VIC Dual Corporation’s legendary Space In-
Mode 2 Players
vaders which was released in the
previous year. However, the back-
Controls ground is blue instead of black, the
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) scores have been multiplied by ten
Buttons: 1 [Fire] and all the characters have been al-
Monitor tered - and if the arcade operator has
Orientation: Vertical set that “Last UFO Awards Bonus”
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution dip switch to “On” you will receive
CRT: Black and White an extra life if a UFO flies into view
with a Color Overlay at the top of the screen at the end of
Sound Amplified Mono (one channel) a stage and you manage to shoot it,
regardless of points. The rest of the
Cocktail
Wall Hanging/Mini
rules remain unchanged; however,
games could last longer than those
of Space Invaders, due to its “last
UFO bonus” feature.
In the US it is thought to have been

renamed Super Space Attack -
whether there are in fact two sepa-
rate games is currently unknown,
but the two are extremely similar and
“Super” is often dropped in internal
Super Space Attack documents.
“segaretro.org”
1979
213
Used Alt
An alternate version of the player ship is
stored just before the final graphic.
Video Games GmbH German Release

1979
214
Space Launcher
Manufacturer Nintendo Space Launcher is an arcade video game
Release 1979 by Nintendo that was surprisingly original
Class Wide Release (many of the games Nintendo made during
Genre Shooter the late 70’s were clones of popular titles like
Mode 2 Players Pong, Space Invaders and Breakout).
Gameplay Alternating The game is similar to Frogger, though is
Panel Layout Single Player not a clone since it predates it by at least
Controls
two years. The objective of the game is to fly
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
the rocket up to any of the four ports to pick
Monitor up treasures (points), fly back down to the
Orientation: Horizontal starting point and repeat while avoiding en-
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution emies and projectiles. When the rocket flies
CRT: Color near the enemies on top of the screen, the
Sound Amplified Mono damaging shield on the tip of the rocket’s
(one channel) nose turns on, allowing players to destroy
Cabinet Styles Upright enemies with it. Point values increase as
Cocktail players become more successful in destroy-
ing more than one enemy. Players have a
limited amount of rockets to fly, and when
all of them are destroyed, the game is over.
“giantbomb.com”
1979
215
As most early arcade games, Space Launcher

was available in two cabinet types: ‘cocktail’ or
‘upright’. Nintendo offered two cocktail cabi-
net versions: the most common one for sitting
down and a slightly higher type (shown here)
to stand at.
The game’s poster seems to be inspired slightly
by the Star Wars films, which were very suc-
cessful at the time of this game’s release.
1979
216
Space War Space War, licensed by Leijac, is a copy of Space La-

Manufacturer Konami ser. Players shoot the laser at the top of the screen
Release 1979 before it shoots them. Also, they have to shoot or
Class Wide Release hide behind the ships moving horizontally across
Genre Shooter the screen.
Mode 2 Players simultaneous When the fuel reaches a high number
Gameplay Competitive (around 75), players laser will reach the other side
Panel Layout Multiple Player of the screen to get the opponent. Once players fire
Controls their laser their fuel drops sharply and they must
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) wait for it to build before they can shoot at their op-
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
ponent again.
Monitor
Orientation: Vertical From the looks of the screenshots, this game was
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution made for a cocktail cabinet.
CRT: Black and White The date on this game is 1979 but the date
Sound Amplified Mono on Space Laser is 1980. It may be that Space Laser
(one channel) was made first but not released by Taito.
Cabinet Styles Upright “arcade-museum.com”
Star Fire II
Manufacturer Exidy
Release 1979 (?)
Class Prototype
Genre Shooter
Star Wars Monitor
Manufacturer “unknown” Type: TV Monitor
Release 1979 CRT: Color
Class Bootleg Sound Amplified Mono
Genre Shooter (one channel)
Hardware Taito Classic
Mode 2 Players
Gameplay Alternating Star Wars is a bootleg of Galaxy Wars.
Panel Layout Single Player Star Fire II is an unreleased se-
Controls quel to Star Fire with very simular
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) gameplay and changes that mainly
Buttons: 1 [Launch/Thrust] involved high score enhancements
Monitor and sharpening of graphics. Pre-
Orientation: Vertical sumably just suppossed to be a
ROM upgrade.
CRT: Color
1979
217
Straight Flush
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Breakout
Mode 2 Players
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Cocktail
Straight Flush is a colorful card/Breakout

game from Taito.
Splash
Manufacturer Atari
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Racing
Monitor
(one channel)
Splash is a copy or license of Exidy’s Crash. It was

possibly only released in Europe. The cabinet de-
picted here was found in the UK on an abandoned
cruise ship.
1979
218
Submarine is a mechanical arcade game
that was released by Namco in September
Submarine 1979, and was licensed to Midway for US
manufacturing and distribution.
Manufacturer Midway/Namco The player uses the yellow periscope to
Release 1979
aim at the moving submarines on the
Class Wide Release
screen. Pressing the button on the right
Genre Shooter
Hardware Midway 8080 handle will fire a torpedo, and the goal is
Mode 2 Players to shoot down all of the submarines in the
Gameplay Alternating fastest amount of time. The farther the
Panel Layout Single Player submarine is, the more points the player
Controls will receive, with green being the closest,
Periscope with two buttons and red being the farthest. The game ends
on left and right handles when the timer on the cabinet reaches
Sound Amplified Mono zero.
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Upright A remake, titled Submarines was shown
at the AOU 1999 Amusement Expo in Ja-
pan, and ran on Namco System 12 hard-
ware. This version uses a binocular-style
periscope with the screen being inside.
A prototype was made, but was never re-
leased.

MIDWAY’S Explosive
Action-Packed Attack at Sea!
The scene is set. A rippling ocean with
clouds drifting overhead. On the horizon,
a fleet of different color destroyers travel in
convoy, escorting the ‘black raider’ battle-
ship. The player is the captain of the SUB-
MARINE. The authentic periscope is ‘up’.
Torpedoes are loaded. The skipper sights
and aims at each moving target. A press
of the firing mechanism sends the projec-
tile on it’s way. A hit becomes a vibrating
explosion of sound and color. Special ef-
fects are added and extra points are scored
when the ‘black raider’ is sunk.
Extended play and game time is adjustable
in this exciting electro-mechanical single-
player game. The attractive cabinet invites
play-action.
Height: 74 1/2” (189 cm)

Width: 30” (76 cm)
Depth: 32 1/2” (82 cm)
1979
219
Sundance
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Puzzle
Hardware Cinematronics BW Vector
Gameplay Either
Controls
Buttons: 9 [123456789 3x3 matrix]
Buttons: 1 [Nova]
Monitor
Type: Vector
Sound Amplified Mono excerpt from the flyer:
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Upright The one- or two-player video which fea-
tures unparalleled action. Players open
“space hatches” which catch bouncing
suns upon the screen. Player options in-
clude the use of two, three, or four suns,
Sundance is a puzzle arcade game using and the expert players can not only fire a
vector graphics. The game consists of “nova” out of the hatches, thus destroying
two grids floating in a pseudo-3D space the suns, he can also remove the optional
with small suns bouncing between them. grids for increased competition and ex-
The player score points by capturing the citement. All options can be manipulated
suns as they make contact with the grids. by the player during play, thus increasing
The player also has a limited-use “smart the action as well as operator collections.
bomb” button which will eliminate all of Cinemationics’ SUNDANCE introduces
the suns currently bouncing between the a new feature of the Vectorbeam moni-
grids. As the suns bounce, the grids will tor. 16 different levels of line intensity
move closer and closer, making gameplay have been introduced into the system,
more difficult. The game end when the thus creating a magnificent display. A 23”
grids fully converged. monitor has also been introduced, lead-
The game itself had only a small producing to an even greater display of a great
tion run and was plagued with hardware new concept.
failures due to its unconventional de- SUNDANCE includes six great sounds to
sign. According to Tim Skelly, the game’s mystify the players and attract even more
designer, Sundance used an additional action. Explosions, whooshes, vacuum
daughterboard that controlled the inten- operated hatches, pings and bongs sur-
sity of certain vectors. This board and its round the player or players.
connections were rather fragile and prone SUNDANCE includes Cinematronics’
to failure. Also, the monitor used a defec- coin accumulator for added playtime,
tive carbon coating spray which tended to which means added collections to the
cause the monitor’s tube to arc if it was operator. It is operated by a one coin per
left in a certain position, destroying the player minimum, which allows for double
monitor. profits in two-player action.
1979
220 Super Galaxians
Manufacturer Midway
Release 1979
Class Hack/ROM Swap
Genre Shooter
Hardware Namco Galaxian
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)
Super Galaxians is a hack of Galax-

ians. The game plays faster than the
original.
Super Shot
Release 1979
Genre Shooter
Type: TV Monitor
Super Shot is a black and white shooting Cabinet Styles Upright
game where the player uses an optical gun
to shoot various on-screen targets includ-
ing balloons, glasses and bottles.
1979
221
Super Speed Race

Manufacturer Midway
Release 1979
Class xxx
Genre Racing
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Monitor
CRT: Color

MIDWAY’S FAST ACTION
THRILLER
The full color video driving game
with realistic excitement that puts
you in the driver’s seat for super
play action.
The player sits behind the wheel,
shifts into low gear, steps on the gas
and moves onto the speedway track.
A shift to high increases the speed
and the scoring - but it takes ex-
tra skill to maneuver and pass cars
without being hit. ‘Crash’ sounds
mean a hit or going off the road.
Player returns to pit stop and must
start again. ‘Skid’ noises warn of icy
patches and oil slicks on the road.
Extended play and game time are
adjustable.
‘Race Results’ scoreboard perma-
nently displays top 5 scores to chal-
lenge all players.
1979
222
Swarm
Release 1979
Class Hack/ROM Swap
Genre Shooter
Conversion Namco Galaxian
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Buttons: 1 [Sire] Considered as a hack of “Galaxian”, this game seems more like a
Monitor hack of “Moon Alien Part 2” by Nichibutsu, but with the graphics
Orientation: Vertical changed to look more like “Galaxian”. This explains why the shots
move with the ship and why the fuel gauge is there. On Moon
CRT: Color
Alien the shots move left/right but there is no fuel gauge. Galax-
(one channel) ian also didn’t use a ‘title screen’ formed with graphics, it went
straight through to ‘We are the Galaxians’.
“gamesdatabase.org”
Triple Attack
Manufacturer Sega
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Monitor
(one channel)
(?) Cocktail
Triple Attack is a Japanese upright arcade cabi-
net containing three Space Invaders derivatives.
It is an extremely rare arcade machine, and thus
very little is known about it.
1979
223
Yosaku to Donbei
Manufacturer Worldwing
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 2 Players
Gameplay Alternating In Yosaku players shoot the birds
Panel Layout Single Player in the trees, avoid the things they
Controls drop, and try to shoot the flying
Joystick: 2-way (left, right) crow for mystery score.
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
The game run on Space Invaders
Monitor
hardware.
(one channel)
1979
224
Tail Gunner
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Space
Hardware Cinematronics B&W Vector
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Panel Layout Single Player Ambidextrous
Controls
Joystick: Analog
Buttons: 2 [Fire|Shield]
Monitor
Type: Vector
(one channel)
Tail Gunner is a monochrome vec-

tor arcade game. The premise of the
game is that the player is the tail-
gunner of a large space ship. Enemy
spacecraft attack the vessel in groups
of three, and the player must aim a set
of crosshairs and shoot the enemies
before they slip past the player’s can-
nons. Because of the game’s depicted
viewpoint, instead of appearing to fly joined Cinematronics soon after its
into the starfield, the stars move to- incorporation in 1975.
ward the center of the screen. Rosenthal left Cinematronics
In addition to shooting down to start his own company, Vector-
the enemy ships, the player is also beam, which, after releasing Tail Gun-
given limited use of a shield that can ner, was acquired by Cinematronics
block ships from passing. The game with all of its assets and intellectual
ends when ten ships slip past the properties.
player’s cannon. Though Cinematronics’ first
The game was sold as Tail Gunner II game were neither particularly im-
in a sit down cabinet and its controls pressive nor successful, Rosenthal’s
consisted of a single metal joystick new technology set the stage for the
with fire button integrated to the tip. development of Tail Gunner, the first
by: Roberto Dillon “The Golden Age of Video game featuring true 3D vector-based
Games: The Birth of a Multibillion Dollar Industry” objects.
Larry Rosenthal, an MIT graduate The game was sold as Tail Gunner II
who worked on SpaceWar! and who in a sit down cabinet and its controls
developed an innovative vector-based consisted of a single metal joystick
technology to display sharp images, with fire button integrated to the tip.
1979
225
Tail Gunner’s sound card was more com-

plicated than any Cinematronics/Vectorbeam
game before it. The cabinet uses the monitor’s
DAC to translate input from the joystick, so
other games cannot necessarily be mounted in
a Tail Gunner cabinet. so other games cannot
necessarily be mounted in a Tail Gunner cabi-
net.

Explore into a new realm of space combat as
Cinematronics presents Tailgunner. Experience
true three dimensional space video action. Ex-
amine the feature of this new game as it unfolds
before you.
Player Features:
• Multiple directional high resolution sight con-
trol gives precise computer aided tracking of
targets.
• Laser force shield provides the player with an
additional defense system.
• Simple yet efficient control console featuring
dual right and left player controls for maximum
usability.
• Automatic progressive levels of difficulty gives
the player increasing challenges as the score in-
creases.
Operator Features:
• Control console resists player damage and of-
fers simple modularized construction for fast ef-
ficient maintenance.
• Duplicate shield and firing controls for maxi-
mum player usability.
• Coin accumulation circuit allows multiple
game credits plus 1 or 2 coin per credit selecta-
ble option.
• Force shield units are option selectable in eight
steps: 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80.
• Full 90 day warranty on major components.
• Dimensions:
70” H 30” D 26 1/2” W
1979
226
Warrior
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Fighting
Monitor
Type: Vector
(one channel)
Warrior is a 1979 arcade fighting game.

It is considered one of the first fighting
games, excepting several boxing games restricted the cabinet to one stick for each
such as Heavyweight Champ, released player and a button to switch between
in 1976, and Atari’s unreleased Boxer character and weapon modes. The sticks
(which was cloned as 1980’s Boxing were produced in house and installed in
for the Atari 2600). cabinets in a way that players found unre-
Developed by Tim Skelly while work- sponsive and difficult to use.
ing at Cinematronics, it was released The cabinets and hardware were produced
under the Vectorbeam company name on a low budget and proved to be very un-
shortly before Cinematronics closed reliable when compared to contemporary
Vectorbeam down; they had pur- machines. As a result, very few remain in
chased the company in 1978. The game working order, with 10 machines regis-
featured two dueling knights rendered tered with KLOV (“The Killer List of Video
in monochrome vector graphics and Games”) and only one known restored
based on crude motion capture tech- machine in the United Kingdom. Warrior
niques. Due to the limitations of the is emulated by MAME.
hardware used, the processor could It was a very rare game. There was
not render the characters and gam- only one way to buy this game, and that
ing environment at the same time and was in a dedicated cabinet, and only up-
backgrounds were printed, with the right versions were available (weighing in
characters projected on the top. at 280 lbs).
Originally Skelly planned for The marquee, monitor bezel, and
a two-player system with each player control panel all had graphics of swords
using two joysticks, one to control and energy beams. There were two joy-
the movement of the player and the sticks on the control panel, and they were
other controlling the player’s weap- of a very sturdy design, and were probably
on. However, financial constraints the only thing that wasn’t bound to fail.
1979
228
Zero Time
Manufacturer Petaco S.A.
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Conversion Namco Galaxian
Mode 2 Players
Controls
Buttons: 1 [Fire]
Monitor Zero Time may be a legitimate European
license for Galaxian.
CRT: Color The title screen, written in Spanish, says;
Sound Amplified Mono “Attack In Zero Time
(one channel) Mission: To destroy UFOs
Cabinet Styles Upright Approximate UFOs Destroyed
Convoy - Attack”
Zero In Zero In is an arcade mechanical game released

in 1979 by Namco in Japan only. It is a flight
Manufacturer Namco simulator where the player must use the han-
Release 1979 (?) dlebar to shoot incoming planes and missiles
Genre Shooter which dodging enemy fire. The game is a re-
Hardware Namco Mechanical
make of an earlier Namco mechanical game,
Zero Sen, from 1975.
“namco.wikia.com”
1979
ZunZun Block 229
Manufacturer Taito
Release 1979
Class Wide Release
Genre Breakout ZunZun Block runs on Taito Discrete Logic
Mode 2 Players hardware and is a clone of Breakout that uses
Gameplay Alternating cellophane strips on the monitor to act as color.
Panel Layout Single Player Not much is known about the game since it is
Monitor unavailable in MAME even though there are
Orientation: Vertical users claiming to own original boards. Using
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution the rotary knob, the player must hit the ball
CRT: Black and White with the paddle to break all of the bricks on the
with a Color Overlay screen. A small green propeller-like object will
sometimes appear at the centre of the screen,
(one channel)
and the formation of bricks will move down if
Cocktail hit.
1970s
230
4 Square
Manufacturer JRW Electronics
Release 1970s (?)
Class Wide Release

SUPER GAME
4 Square is a major step forward in versatili-
ty and exciting player appeal, having unique
features for either 1, 2, 3 or 4 players. It is
the cocktail video game that people have
been waiting for, with features unmatched
by any other table game on the market.
VISIBILITY
The game controls are clearly visible
through the 3/8” solid-state plate glass top -
now spilled drinks are no problem!
SERVICE
The distinctive wrought iron frame is almost
indestructible and supports a naugahyde
covered shell that lifts off for major repairs.
Minor T.V. adjustment are performed with
controls conveniently placed inside the coin
door.
Start those quarter plunking into your giant
new cashbox today!!
1970s
231
5 Games
Release 1975 (?)
Class Wide Release
5 games, feature the games; Tournament Ten- Hardware Discrete Logic
nis (2 or 4 Players), Super Soccer (2 Players), Monitor
Gravity Ball (2 or 4 Players), Elimination I (1 Orientation: Horizontal
Player), Elimination II (2 or 4 Players). Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
Novice or Pro skill level selection for CRT: Black and White
shorter paddle and slam ball buttons to change with a Color Overlay
ball movement when the players opponent tries
to hit the ball. Black and white TV screen with
orange overlay to give it color.
The game is probably a clone of Take Five. “
mamedev.emulab.it”
Collision
Release 1970s
Class Wide Release
Genre Maze
Mode 2 Players
Gameplay Alternating Collison, a copy of Head On, is a
driving maze game from Video
Monitor
Games GmbH. It was only re-
CRT: Color leased in Germany.
(one channel)
Mini
1970s
232
Dogfight
Manufacturer Bo Mak Electronics Inc
FEATURES:
Release 1970s
1. Two airplanes battle across a video sky
Genre Shooter
Gameplay Competitive 2. Realistic sound of whining motor and machine gun
Monitor for each plane.
Orientation: Horizontal 3. Cloud drift across sky for special effects and strategy.
Type: Raster: Standard Resolution 4. Exclusive joy stick control made by Bo Mak Elec-
CRT: Black and White tronics. (no parts touch - no wear)
Cabinet Styles Upright 5. Quarter or fifty cent play switch. (you select)
6. Motorola 19” monitor.
7. Smartly styled cabinet blends with any decor.
Danger Track
Manufacturer Recel SA
Release (?)
Class Wide Release
Genre Racing

A New Era in Automatics...
Fully Electronic:
The most COMPLETE Driving Sensation.
Reproduction of the picture on the screen, simulates
reality when driving a car.
Fully automatic transmission (no clutch, no gears).
With steering wheel, brake and accelerator.
Inertias when accelerating and decelerating. This is not
a closed circuit run, as the picture is always different.
If the car goes off the road, faults are marked up rhyt-
mically on the Counter Unit (up to 1000). There is alos
a Km. Counter (up to 1000).
The game is on an adjustable time basis and you can
win extended play when you reach the present number
of Kms., without scoring any faults.
The car’s movement is accompanied by continuous
changes in the scenery, lacking all synchrinisms.
1970s
233
Paddle Derby is a color Pong variant. Unlike Pong
players do not score when the ball hits the edge of the
screen. Players earn points when they hit the ball. Col-
oured bars fill up showing who has the most points,
when one of the bars fills up that player wins. The Paddle Derby
game can be played wy up to four players.
“mobygames.com” Manufacturer Nutting Associates
Release 1972-1975
excerpt from the flyer: Class Wide Release
MODEL 752 Genre Ball and Paddle
An exciting new concept in paddle games, Paddle Derby is
a blazing race between opponents - each time a player hits
his ball, his color bar advances. The first player to the end
of the track wins! A one-, two-, three-, or four-player game.
F-114
Manufacturer Allied Amusement
Release 1975 (?)
Class Wide Release
Genre Shooter
Mode 1 Player
Gameplay Single
Monitor
(one channel)
Cabinet Styles Deluxe
F-114 is an airplane simulation. Players shoot down the

enemy aircraft as they sway from left to right. Streaks
of light scroll across the screen to simulate clouds.
Dimensions:
63” high
46” wide
28” deep
(chair) 20” deep
Weight: 470 lbs.
1970s
234
Grand Slam VIII

Manufacturer Century Consolidated Industries
Release 1976 (?)
Class Wide Release
Monitor
Type: TV Monitor excerpt from the flyer:
CRT: Color 1, 2 or 4 players
Sound Amplified Mono (one channel) The uniqueness of the Grand-Slam VIII Video
Game Cocktail Table is that we have combined
the five most successful video paddle games
into one compact aesthetically pleasing cock-
tail table, because of this, the Grand-Slam VIII
will be at home in even the most exclusive loca-
tions.
The many different play possibilities guarantee
daily receipts superior to the average and this
innovative multiple game feature helps to pro-
long interest and playing both by eliminating
the boredom that eventually sets in with sim-
ple video games. The additional extended play
feature also acts as an incentive to players to
improve their play.
Four Court
Manufacturer Hal Computers
Release 1970s
Class Wide Release
Monitor
Type: TV Monitor
Four Court is a Pong clone from Hal

Computers.
1970s
235
Jacks A Pair
Manufacturer Meyco Games Inc.
Release 1970-80s
Class Wide Release
Genre Card
excerpt from the flyer: Mode 1 Player
GET READY FOR A SHOWDOWN! Gameplay Single
It’s Jacks or Better to win in Meyco’s new fun-filled Poker
Monitor
game. The computer deals a mean hand so your custom-
ers keep coming back for the challenge. And the stimulat- Type: Raster: Standard Resolution
ing, realistic sounds it produces are a real crowd pleaser. CRT: Color
Jacks A Pair’s 13” or 19” screen is enclosed in an attractive Sound Amplified Mono
woodgrain cabinet and is available in both color and black (one channel)
and white. Wheter you choose and upright or lounge model Cabinet Styles Upright
you can’t lose, because they’re both PROGRAMMED FOR Cocktail
PROFITS.
Get in the game. It’s a good deal.
Creators of Joker’s Wild, Casino Blackjack, Wild Arrow
and Montana Draw Electronic Blackjack, Wild Arrow and
Montana Draw Electronic Games.
• Proven Bookkeeping System
This Entertaining Show- • Multiple Play (1-8 Coins)
down Poker Game Features: • Monitor Readout and Activity Meters
• PROGRAMMED FOR PROFITS • Reliable Coinco Coin Assembly
• Available in Color or Black and • Factory System
White • Complete Service Manual Included
• Built in Self-test • Slide-out Chassis for Easy Service
• Microprocessor Circuitry • Formica Woodgrain Cabinet
TV Davis Cup
Inca Boss Manufacturer Kasco Distributing Co.
Release 1970 - 1980s
Manufacturer PMC Genre Ball and Pddle
Release 1970s Cabinet Styles Upright
Inca Boss is believed to be similar to

Aztec Princess.
1970s
236
Zero Fighter Kamikaze

Manufacturer Leisure & Allied Industries
Release 1976 (?)
Class Leisure & Allied Industries
Genre Shooter
Zero Fighter Kamikaze was developed by Fuji

Enterprise as Kamikaze and licensed to Leisure
& Allied.
The game might be discrete logic.

• Air to Air Combat
• Joy Stick and Missile Control
• Realistic Sound Effects
• 3 Speed Selector; Novice-Good-Pro
Twenty one
Manufacturer Omega Products
Release 1975 - 1985
Genre Card
Monitor
CRT: Color
(one channel)

The ARCADE VIDEO-GAME "Encyclopedia"

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The ARCADE VIDEO-GAME "Encyclopedia"

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

The ARCADE VIDEO-GAME "Encyclopedia"

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The

I made this book because I like to have something to do, and I

This book is a compilation of text and pictures from the internet.

NoCopyright © 2018 by DaddaRuleKonge

PHOENIX SYSTEM 16 The Arcade Flyer Archive

http://www.ccjvq.com/slydc/ http://www.system16.com/ https://flyers.arcade-museum.com/

https://www.arcade-history.com/ https://www.emulab.it/index. http://vgmrips.net/wiki/Main_Page

Barricade II is a two-player game

Bazooka is a black and white shooting

excerpt from the flyer:

Break in is a ball and paddle game

excerpt from the flyer:

Canyon Bomber is a black-and-white 1977 excerpt from the flyer:

excerpt from the flyer:

excerpt from the flyer:

Circus is a re-themed variant of Atari’s Breakout, where the play-

excerpt from the flyer:

To operate the games each player has a set of 4 buttons

Crash Course is essentially a discrete

excerpt from the flyer:

In 1978, coupled with

excerpt from the flyer:

The cocktail version was released in a unique six-sided cabi-

excerpt from the flyer:

excerpt from the flyer: Dragsters do “wheelies”, tires smoke,

excerpt from the flyer:

Fisco 400 is a color racing game

Flying Fortress is a black and white B-17

Flying Fortress II is a black and white

The Great White Buffalo Hunt

Guided Missile plays like an updated video version of some of

Players directs a snake-like object moving

excerpt from the flyer:

If you hit your opponent’s arrow-tail, your own tail or

excerpt from the flyer:

Minesweeper is Amutech’s version of Sega/Gremlin’s Blockade

excerpt from the flyer:

excerpt from the flyer:

New Operator Options Game Time: Can be

excerpt from the flyer:

excerpt from the flyer:

Scratch was produced by Universal in 1977. The

excerpt from the flyer:

The Cinematronic upright cabinets have

The Audio Board, as in many other VECTOR THEORY

neously, and simply, by selecting the proper

CPU LOGIC THEORY

Manufacturer Rene Pierre

excerpt from the flyer:

Springboard is a clone Circus. The

excerpt from the flyer:

Star Cruiser is a one-on-one spaceship battle.

excerpt from the manual:

While the Star Cruiser game is not coined, it

excerpt from the flyer:

Sprint 8 is a racing arcade game; it utilizes a Motorola

excerpt from the flyer:

Super Crash is a version of the popular Atari

The game advert itself as a three-in-one ma-

excerpt from the flyer: